If the Contractor desires an extension of time, he shall file a written request based upon the delays reported. The Architect will ascertain the facts, the extent of the delays, and the effect upon the entire project, and the City will grant an extension of time equivalent to verified time lost. The request for an extension of time must be made no later than ten (10) working days after the start of the condition that purportedly caused the delay, and no later than fifteen (15) working days after the date on which performance on the condition purportedly causing the delay has ended.
Contractor may make a delay claim for an extension of the contract time for an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay. If an Excusable Delay and a Compensable Delay occur concurrently, the maximum extension of the contract time shall be the number of calendar days from the commencement of the first delay to the cessation of the delay which ends last. If an Inexcusable Delay occurs concurrently with either an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay, the maximum extension of the contract time shall be the number of calendar days, if any, by which the Excusable Delay or the Compensable Delay exceeds the Inexcusable Delay.
For a Compensable Delay, the Contractor may make a delay claim for an adjustment in the contract sum in an amount equal to the sum of the actual and unavoidable additional costs of labor, material, and equipment furnished at the site by the Contractor or subcontractors, including wages, salaries, fringe benefits and payroll taxes.
Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the project as a whole and will not be granted for non-controlling delays to minor portions of the work unless it can be shown that such delays did, in fact, delay the progress of the project as a whole. For purposes of determining delays, all float associated with the project schedule shall belong to the project. See General Provisions, Section
8.05, “Baseline Construction Schedule”.
If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of either the Contractor or the City, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to these delays. War, governmental regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather necessitating cessation of work, other similar action of the elements, inability to obtain materials, equipment, or labor because of Federal Government restrictions arising out of National Defense, required extra work, action or inaction by the City, or other specific reasons as may be further described in the specifications may constitute such a delay. If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by reasons other than those mentioned above, but are substantially equal in gravity to those enumerated, an extension of time may be granted, if deemed by the Architect to be in the best interests of the City.
The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time if delayed due to a failure of the City to furnish necessary right-of-way or materials which the City agreed to furnish, or by the City’s failure to supply necessary plans or instructions concerning the work, after written request by the Contractor.
For Compensable Delay periods resulting in indirect overhead expenses, the Contractor shall be reimbursed as provided for in General Provisions, Section 5, “Changes in Work”.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 317
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-36
8.20 Substantial Completion – When work in accordance with the Contract Documents has progressed to a stage of one-hundred percent (100%) complete, as determined by the Architect, except for the completion of minor punch list items of deficiencies or omissions in the work which require correction in order to satisfy the agreement, yet do not impair the City’s ability to occupy and fully utilize the work for its intended purpose, the project shall be deemed “Substantially Complete”. Portions of the work may also be designated by the City as substantially complete if the Contract Documents require separate delivery.
When the Architect determines that the work or such designated portions of the work are substantially complete, the Architect will prepare and sign a Certificate of Substantial Completion. The date of substantial completion shall establish the date at which days charged against the project duration shall terminate. The date of substantial completion shall also establish the date of occupancy by the City and the transfer of responsibility from the Contractor to the City for such items as security, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and damage to the work from causes other than that of the Contractor. Unless otherwise indicated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Contractor’s guarantee for the work shall commence upon the date of substantial completion. See General Provisions, Section 11.01, “Contractor’s Guarantee”.
8.21 Project Closeout - After the Contractor has received the Certificate of Substantial Completion and has only minor work remaining, project closeout may begin. The following items and procedures are required as part of the project close out process. (a) Following the completion of punch list items, the Contractor shall make a written request to the city to conduct a final inspection. The written request shall be accompanied by a Certification that the work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. (b) Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Contractor's Certificate of Completion, a final inspection will be scheduled and conducted by the City. As a result of the inspection, the City will advise the Contractor of any work that must be completed or corrected before Acceptance, in the form of a punch list.
(c) The City will conduct a re-inspection of the punch list items within when requested by the Contractor, in writing, with assurances that the punch list requirements have been met.
Any charges by a Consulting Architect/Architect hired by the City to do repeat re-inspection of the punch list may be recovered from the Contractor. (d) The contractor shall provide a final payment request with lien releases (if applicable) in a format acceptable to the City.
(e) The as-built drawings and all record documents and shall be provided to the City by the Contractor including but not limited to, equipment operation and maintenance manuals, copies of warranties, shop drawings, product data, etc. Record documents shall be properly identified and organized into binders.
8.22 Final Completion - After the Contractor has received the Certificate of Substantial Completion along with the punch list, and has completed the items identified as necessary for project closeout, the Architect will make a determination as to if the work is fully completed and in accordance with the Contract Documents. If so, the Architect will recommend final acceptance to the City Council.
Should it become necessary, due to developed conditions, for the City to occupy any portion of the work, or any part of any structure or equipment, before the contract is completed or accepted, such occupancy shall not constitute an acceptance of any part of the work, unless so stated in writing by the City.
8.23 Final Acceptance – Final acceptance by the Architect will be considered after the work has been fully completed. A Notice of Completion will be filed with the County Recorder once Final Acceptance has been made.
8.24 Risk of Loss - The Contractor shall be responsible for the charge, care and protection of the project and shall bear all risks of injury or damage to the work, materials or equipment delivered to the site, by any means including fire, earthquake, wind, storm or other action of the elements, vandalism, or
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 318
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-37
loss by theft, from the date of Notice to Proceed to the date of the filing of the Notice of Completion by the Architect. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damage to any portion of the work, and shall bear the entire expense thereof, except such injuries or damages that are caused by riot, insurrection, acts of the Federal or State Government, or a public enemy in time of war.
8.25 Use of Improvements During Construction - The City reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. Such action by the City will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic, from the action of the elements or from any other cause attributable to the Contractor’s operations or negligence. The Contractor will be required to restore such portions of the improvement before final acceptance. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 319
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-38
SECTION 9 —RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
9.01 Contractor’s Responsibility for the Work - The Contractor shall supervise, coordinate, and direct the work using Contractor’s best skill and attention. Contractor shall have control over and be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents until the completion and final acceptance of the work by the City. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws.
The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries, damages, re-erections and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by causes of any nature whatsoever, excepting only acts of God and none other, to all or any portions of the work, excepting as otherwise stipulated.
9.02 Contractor’s Responsibility for Subcontracted Work - The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to the Contractor only. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of all trades, subcontractors, and suppliers engaged upon the work. Neither the City nor the Architect will undertake to settle any differences between the Contractor and the subcontractors.
All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors, will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be held responsible for their work and shall be responsible to the City for acts and omissions including those by their respective agents and employees.
When subcontracted work is not prosecuted in a manner satisfactory to the Architect, the Contractor shall be notified to take corrective action within a specified time. If timely correction is not made, then upon receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Architect, the Subcontractor shall be removed immediately from the work and shall not be reemployed.
9.03 Superintendent - The Contractor shall employ, and provide a written letter designating a superintendent and/or representative and all their contact information. The superintendent and/or representative shall be present on the job site whenever work is in progress to coordinate all work with the City and neighboring property owners, and who shall be available by phone twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days a week up to the Final Acceptance of the work by the City. A backup representative may also be provided. A joint venture shall designate only one Superintendent.
City approval of the Superintendent is required prior to starting work. The City reserves the right to request an appropriately qualified replacement of the Superintendent any time during construction of the project. Contractor shall provide the Architect with the Superintendent’s telephone number, along with an after-hours emergency contact number of a responsible person who shall correct hazardous situations, should they occur, during times other than the normal working hours.
Directions and information given to the Superintendent shall be considered as having the same effect as if delivered to the Contractor and the Superintendent shall have full authority to execute the same and to supply materials, tools and labor without delay, and who shall be the legally appointed representative of the contractor. Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observation of any instructions delivered to them or to Contractor’s duly appointed representatives.
9.04 Character of Workers - Contractor shall provide competent, fully qualified personnel to perform the work and shall at all times maintain good discipline and order among its employees and Subcontractors. Any employed person or Subcontractor who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly or otherwise objectionable or who fails or refuses to perform the work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the work by the Contractor and shall not be reemployed.
Such discharge shall not be the basis of any claim for compensation or damages against the City of San Carlos or any of its officers, employees or agents.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 320
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-39
9.05 Laws to be Observed - The Contractor shall be fully informed of, and at all times observe and comply with all Federal, State and County laws, including those of CAL-OSHA; all municipal ordinances and regulations of the City of San Carlos; and all orders and decrees of bodies having jurisdiction over the work. The Contractor shall also cause all agents and employees engaged on the project to observe and comply with all such laws, and shall protect and indemnify the City of San Carlos and all officers, employees, and agents thereof connected with the work against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law
(a) Non-Discrimination – Attention is directed to Labor Code, Section 1735 which reads as follows: “No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public work because of the race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status or sex of such persons, except as provided in Government Code, Section 12940 and every Contractor for public works violating this Section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter.” (b) A lien Labor - The Contractor shall forfeit as penalty to the City of San Carlos fifty dollars ($50.00) for each alien with no permit to work in the United States of America (USA) knowingly employed in the contract, by Contractor or by any hired Subcontractor upon any of the work herein mentioned, for each calendar day, or portion thereof, during which such alien is permitted or required to labor in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code and in particular Sections 1850 to 1854 thereof, inclusive. (a) Hours of Labor – Hours of labor shall be pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1810. Pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1813, Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of this Agreement by Contractor, or any Subcontractor in violation of the terms of this Section or in violation of the provision of any law of the State of California. Such forfeiture amounts may be deducted from the contract sum. Contractor and each Subcontractor shall keep, or cause to be kept, an accurate record showing the actual hours worked each calendar day and each calendar week by each worker employed on the project, which record shall be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the City, its officers and agents, and to the inspection of the appropriate enforcement agency of the State of California. (d) Prevailing Wage – As identified in the Notice to Bidders, the work contemplated by this agreement is a public work subject to prevailing wages under California Labor Code, Sections 1720 et. seq. The State of California Department of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing per diem wage rates in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of worker required to perform the work.
A schedule of the most recent general prevailing per diem wage rates made available to the City will be on file at the City’s principal facility office and will be made available to any interested party upon request. This prevailing wage rate schedule is provided by the City for Bidder’s information only and is not guaranteed by the City to be current. Contractor is obligated to verify all appropriate prevailing wage rates and pay those rates as required.
By this reference the verified current schedule of prevailing wage rates is made part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall pay not less than the prevailing per diem wage rates, as specified in the schedule and any amendments thereto, to all workers employed by Contractor in the execution of the work. Contractor shall cause all subcontracts to include the provision that all Subcontractors shall pay not less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rates to all workers employed by such Subcontractors in the execution of the work.
Contractor shall forfeit to the City, as a penalty, no more than fifty-dollars ($50.00) for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker that is paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rates for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any portion of the work done by Contractor or any Subcontractor in violation of the provisions of the Labor Code, and in particular Sections 1770 to 1781 thereof, inclusive. Such forfeiture amounts may be deducted from the contract sum. Contractor shall also pay to any worker who was paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rate for the work or craft for which the worker was employed for any portion of the work, for each calendar day, or
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 321
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-40
portion thereof, for which the worker was paid less than the specified prevailing per diem wage rate, an amount equal to the difference between the specified prevailing per diem wage rate and the amount which was paid to the worker.
The City will not recognize any claim for additional compensation because of the payment by the Contractor for any wage rate in excess of prevailing wage rates set forth in the Agreement, including payment in excess of the prevailing wage for extra work paid by force account. The possibility of wage increases is one of the elements to be considered by the Contractor in determining the Contractor’s bid and will not, under any circumstances be considered as the basis of a claim against the City under the Agreement. (e) Payroll Records - Pursuant to Labor Code, Sections 1776, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, job classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed in connection with the work. All payroll records shall be certified as being true and correct by Contractor or Subcontractors keeping such records; and the payroll records shall be provided to the City no later than three weeks after closing of payroll. The Contractor and all Subcontractors must also furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commisioner of the State of California, Department of Industrial Relations.
(f) Apprentice Program - Attention is directed to State of California Labor Code, Sections 3095, 1777.5, 1777.6, and 1777.7 and Title 8, California Code of Regulations, Section 200, and the applicable Sections that follow. Responsibility for compliance with these requirements lies with the Contractor. To ensure compliance and complete understanding of the law requiring apprentices, and specifically the required ratio thereunder, Contractor or Subcontractors should, where some question exists, contact the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, 425 Golden Gate Avenue, 4th Floor, San Francisco, California, 94102 or one of its branch offices prior to commencement of the work. In the event Contractor willfully fails to comply with this Section, it will be considered in violation of the requirements of the Contract.
Nothing contained herein shall be considered or interpreted as prohibiting or preventing the hiring by Contractor or Subcontractors of journeyworker trainees who may receive on- the-job training to enable them to achieve journeyworker status in any craft or trade under standards other than those set forth for apprentices.
(g) Safety Program – the Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California Division of Industrial Safety and to all requirements as set forth in the State of California Construction Safety Orders (CAL-OSHA), and in particular, Article 3 of these Safety Orders, regarding Accident Prevention and safety meetings. Within ten (10) working days following the Notice of Award the Contractor shall provide a copy of the Contractor’s Safety Plan. The price paid for the plan is included in the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be made therefore.
9.06 Permits and Fees – Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall procure all permits, registrations and licenses, including a City business registration, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary for lawful prosecution of the work. All permits, registrations, licenses, and other authorizations shall be secured in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of said permits, licenses and other authorizations. The contractor shall submit satisfactory proof to the City, prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed, that such permits, registrations or licenses are and will be in effect throughout the entire life of this contract. The contractor shall keep all permits, registrations and licenses posted on the job site.
For City Capital Improvement Construction Projects, the Contractor shall obtain a “No Fee” encroachment and/or building permit. Contractor shall coordinate through the Architect to insure that all appropriate construction inspections occur.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 322
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-41
9.07 Coordination and Cooperation - Construction work by utility companies or other Contractors may be needed or may be occurring simultaneously within or adjacent to the limits of work for this project.
The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all other Contractors and utility companies throughout the duration of this project to avoid delays and minimize interference and conflicts. Cooperation will be required in the arrangement for the storage of materials, and in the detailed execution of the work. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the nature of work by others, coordinate the work, and install, modify, and maintain traffic control as necessary to avoid interferences and delays on the construction activities.
Failure of the Contractor to keep informed of the work progressing on the site and failure to give written notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of the status of the work as being satisfactory for proper coordination with Contractor’s work.
Where the work of one trade joins or is on the other’s work, there shall be no lack of continuity or discrepancy when work is completed. In conforming one kind of work with another, marring or damaging other work will not be permitted. Should improper work of any trade be covered by another which results in damage or defects, the whole work affected shall be made good by the Contractor without expense to the City.
The City reserves the right to perform work or allow others to perform work, as necessary, within or adjacent to the limits of this project, at any time. If the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors or employees causes loss or damage to any separate Contractor on the work, the Contractor, by agreement or arbitration, if they deems it necessary, will settle any claim for such loss or damage. If such separate Contractor shall sue the City, on account of any loss so sustained, the City shall notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and hold harmless the City against any loss or damage arising therefrom, including the cost and expense of defending any such suit.
The Contractor shall absorb in the bid all costs involved in coordinating the work with others. The Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the City for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral and essential work.
9.08 Use of Premises - The Contractor shall confine construction activities to the project limits; which shall consist of property owned by the City of San Carlos. With prior approval of the Architect, adjacent street right-of-way may also be utilized for day-to-day operations. Unless approved by the Architect, no storage of materials and equipment will be allowed to remain within the right-of-way during non-working hours, on the weekends, or during holidays.
Each day, after the completion of construction operations, unless otherwise approved by the Architect, the project limits shall be secured and made accessible to the public. All excess materials and equipment not protected by approved traffic control devices (such as k-rails) shall be relocated to a staging area or demobilized. Trench spoils shall be off-hauled daily and open excavations shall be protected with steel plates.
Personnel of Contractor and Subcontractors shall not occupy, live upon, or otherwise make use of the project site during any time that work is not being performed at the project site, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents for issues such as site security.
9.09 Construction Staging and Field Office - If additional space beyond the construction limits is necessary for staging, the Contractor shall, make special arrangements with neighboring property City(s) to secure a staging area for a field office and/or material and equipment storage, at Contractor’s expense. The staging area must be fenced, with screening, and shall be operated in a manner that minimizes the inconvenience to neighbors.
The Contractor is encouraged to negotiate side agreements with the property owners of such sites prior to submitting bids. Prior to occupying the staging area, the Contractor will be required to provide to the Architect a copy of the agreement or temporary construction easement granted by the property owner. A written release from the property owners or City, holding the City harmless from liability, will also need to be provided. In addition to approval from the property owners, the Contractor may also need to secure a Use Permit from the City’s Planning Division.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 323
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-42
9.10 Site Security - Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of work and the site, including all necessary security provisions, on a 24-hour per day basis throughout the entire term of the Agreement. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the work.
9.11 Construction Water – The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all water required for the project and shall work with, and obtain all permits from, the appropriate water purveyor prior to obtaining construction water. If hydrant water is to be used, the Contractor must first obtain a hydrant meter and pay all related expenses. Direct connections to hydrants without a meter are not allowed. If water trucks are used, they shall be installed with backflow prevention devices. The cost of water, including all associated fees, deposits or permits shall be incorporated into the various bid items and no separate payment shall be made. Water purveyors include:
California Water Service Company Mid-Peninsula Water District Bayshore District - Customer Center 3 Dairy Lane
341 North Delaware St. P.O. Box 129
San Mateo, CA 94401-1727 Belmont, CA 94002
M-F: 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. M-F: 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
Tel.: (650) 558-7800 Tel.: (650) 591-8941
[email protected] midpeninsulawater.org
9.12 Project Site Maintenance – All work identified in this section shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, and no separate payment will be made thereof. (a) Disposal of Material - Unless otherwise shown on the plans or specified herein, all excess materials and materials removed from existing improvements shall become the property of, and be disposed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with disposing all excess materials in a safe and legal manner. No material shall be placed on private or public property without prior approval from the City and the property owner. The Contractor shall not allow any refuse, excavated material, surplus concrete or mortar, or any associated washings, to be disposed upon paved streets, into manholes or into the City’s storm drain system.
Contractor shall establish a system for daily collection and disposal of waste materials from construction areas and elsewhere on the site. Contractor shall handle waste materials that are hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary separately from inert waste by containerizing appropriately. Burning or burying of waste materials on site will not be permitted.
All materials removed from the existing improvements, which in the opinion of the Architect have salvage value, shall be delivered to the City Corporation Yard at 1000 Bransten Road, San Carlos, or at any other site designated by the Architect within the City and shall be considered as part of the contract bid items, with no separate payment will be made thereof. (b) Cleanup and Dust Control – at all times during construction, including weekends and holidays, and throughout all phases of construction, including work suspensions and until final acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish, debris, and prevent the formation of an airborne dust nuisance.
Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before final inspection, the entire site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance.
The Contractor shall abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, those excavated areas of dirt or other materials which are prone to causing dust, within both the project site and the storage or staging area. If required or directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall provide an approved water truck of large capacity with spraying capability and/or street sweeper.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 324
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-43
The Contractor shall be required to apply water for dust control immediately during construction efforts and within one (1) hour after notification by the Architect that an airborne nuisance exists. If dust control is not adequate, in the opinion of the Architect, the Architect will have this work performed by others and will deduct such cost from the total contract price.
All hauling trucks or other construction vehicles leaving the site shall be cleaned of mud or dirt clinging to exterior body surfaces or wheel rims before traveling on City streets outside the work limits. All trucks coming to or leaving the site with materials or loose debris shall be loaded in a manner, which will prevent the dropping of materials or debris on City streets.
Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately.
When construction operations cause dirt to be deposited on public streets, the Contractor shall immediately remove such material. Streets shall be cleaned by street sweeping, rather than flushing, so as to prevent mud from entering the storm drain system.
Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Architect’s cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
(c) Air Pollution Control - The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority.
(d) Noise Control - The Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to control noise generated as a result of construction to the satisfaction of the Architect. Use of an air compressor, jackhammer or other loud, vibrating sound generating device shall be limited to operations between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday thru Friday and between 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday, unless otherwise authorized by the Architect.
(e) Vermin Control - At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the contract work within the contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
(f) Sanitation - The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. (g) Wastewater - Wastewater systems shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect, and the Contractor shall establish a plan, subject to the approval of the City, to convey the sewage in closed conduits and disposed of it back into the sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. (h) Temporary Light, Power and Water - The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water, including piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment, necessary for the work at Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall not draw water from any water source, except to extinguish a fire, without first obtaining permission from the appropriate water utility company/agency.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 325
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-44
(i) Storm Water Pollution Control – All work shall conform to the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No.
CAS000002) ("General Permit"), and the NPDES Municipal Regional Stormwater Permit (MRP) (Order No. R2-2015-0049, NPDES No. CAS612008). The Contractor shall implement all applicable San Mateo Countywide Water Pollution Prevention Program (SMCWPPP) measures and Best Management Practices (BMPs). Failure to comply with the approved construction BMPs will result in the issuance of correction notices, citations and/or a stop work order.
The Contractor shall submit to the City a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP), prepared in compliance with all NPDES requirements. The SWPPP/WPCP prepared by the Contractor shall address how the Contractor will prevent materials from being rinsed or washed into the storm drain system and specify which BMPs will be implemented for preventing sediment and pollutant discharges into the storm water system. The Contractor shall provide for the construction of facilities which may be required to prevent, control, and abate water pollution.
All construction efforts shall be conducted in a manner which prevents the release of hazardous material or hazardous waste into the soil or groundwater, and minimizes the discharge of pollutants into the storm drain system. No pollutants will be allowed to enter the storm drainage system. The Contractor shall be responsible for containing and removing any waste from the Contractor’s construction operations using the appropriate BMP. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning catch basins of solid or liquid waste materials originating from the Contractor’s operation before this material migrates further into the storm drain system. Violation of this provision shall cause the City to issue a stop- work notice and take necessary action to require the Contractor to correct and comply with regulations. All costs related to the stop-work action and corrective work to come into compliance shall be fully borne by the Contractor.
Existing Drainage Conditions - If the work performed interferes with established drainage patterns, ample provisions shall be made by the Contractor to correct the interference. The City may also direct the Contractor to take additional measures to be performed at the Contractor 's expense.
Illicit Discharge - No dumping or discharge of construction materials, debris, and hazardous materials will be permitted into the City's storm drainage system. In the event of any discharge, leakage, spill or emission of hazardous materials, Contractor shall promptly notify the City and shall clean all affected property. The Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City against all liability incurred as a result of any such discharge, leakage, spill or emission, regardless of whether such liability, cost or expense arises during or after the term of the permit.
9.13 Preservation of Property - The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the work.
Due care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing roadway improvements and facilities, adjacent property, roadside trees, lawn and shrubbery not designated for removal, pole lines, fences, signs, survey markers and monuments, buildings and structures, conduits, pipe lines under or above ground, sewer and water laterals, and any other improvements or facilities within or outside the limits of construction.
As ordered and approved by the Architect, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect such objects from injury or damage. If such objects are injured or damaged by reason of the Contractor’s operations, they shall be replaced or restored, at the Contractor’s expense, to a condition as good as when the Contractor entered upon the work, or as good as required by the Contract Documents.
Existing striping damaged during construction within and adjacent to the project site shall be replaced with thermoplastic. Partially damaged striping (such as what might occur trenching through a pavement legend), shall be replaced in their entirety.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 326
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-45
Contractor shall preserve carefully bench marks, reference points, and stakes; in case of willful or careless destruction, will be charged with the resulting expense of replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance.
Any survey monuments that are damaged or removed as part of the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor and a Record of Survey, as required by State law, shall be filed by a licensed Land Surveyor at the Contractor's expense.
The fact that any such improvement or facility is not shown upon the plans shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility under this Section. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ascertain the existence of any underground improvements or facilities indicated on the plans, indicated by locating services, or as evidenced by facilities visible in the field.
Contractor shall protect the work, supplies and materials from damage due to the nature of the work, the action of the elements, trespassers, or any cause whatsoever which is under Contractor’s control, until the completion and acceptance of the work. Neither the City nor any of the City's agents assume any responsibility for collecting indemnity from any person(s) causing damage to the work of the contractor.
9.14 Protection of Buried Utilities – When the Contractor's attention is directed to the existence of pipes, cables, culverts, and other underground structures and improvements which may or may not be shown on the plans, it is the responsibility of the contractor to ascertain the exact location of such underground utilities in advance of any digging operations so that they shall not be disturbed or damaged by the Contractor during the progress of the work. All expenses of whatever nature arising from such disturbance or replacement or repair thereof shall be borne by the contractor.
If the location of pipelines being installed by the contractor under this contract conflicts with the location of existing pipelines, contractor shall so notify the Architect in writing. The Architect will ascertain the location of the existing utility in question and may require relocation of the pipeline being installed for the convenience of the contractor. It shall not be construed that the City or the Architect is in any way required or obligated to locate or relocate pipelines to locations other than shown on the contract plans. If the Architect relocates pipelines at the request of the Contractor, the contractor shall bear all the expenses incurred in connection therewith.
9.15 Protection of Bridges - Contractor shall be responsible for any damage they may cause to bridges, culverts and road structures. The Contractor shall determine in advance the allowable safe load for each structure and, if necessary, provide special shoring and support at Contractor’s expense.
9.16 9.17 Restoration of Adjacent and Existing Improvements - Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of the work required to make all parts of the work come together properly with existing and adjacent conditions.
Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, signs, utilities, street surfaces, structures, etc.) damaged or removed as a result of the Contract operations. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements, and shall match in terms of condition, finish and dimension to the satisfaction of the Architect.
Any object to be removed and reused at other locations shall be removed with due care and delivered or stored at the project’s construction storage area, or if approved by the Architect, at any other site designated by the Architect within the City. Such objects may consist of street light poles, signal mast arms and other objects directed by the Architect. Items not approved by the Architect for reuse purposes, and without salvage value, shall become the property of the Contractor, to be disposed of at Contractor expense, in an acceptable manner.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 327
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-46
9.18 9.19 Access to Private Property - The Contractor shall schedule and perform operations so as to minimize disruption of access to private property. Prior to blocking access to any private driveway or parking lot entrance, the Contractor shall notify the residents, business owners or tenants of pending closure and allow residents to remove vehicles. During non-working hours no driveway, house or parking lot shall be denied access to a public roadway.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the adjacent property owners and businesses and maintain vehicle and pedestrian access to their properties at all times. Temporary access ramps, fencing, or other measures shall be provided as needed.
9.20 Traffic Control and Public Convenience – The Contractor shall provide for safe movement of all vehicular, bicycle and pedestrian traffic through and around the construction operations with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. The Contractor shall have no amount of work under construction other than what he can properly prosecute with due regard to the rights and convenience of the public.
Proper conveyance of vehicular traffic and pedestrians through the work area depends upon navigating under unexpected situations. The means of clarifying such conditions to the public include the Contractor’s use of signs, flagmen, pavement markings, barricades, lights, cones and delineators. No one standard sequence of signs or control devices will suit all conditions which may result from construction operations. Even for the same work, the conditions may vary from hour to hour, requiring adjustment and revisions of the traffic control in effect. The traffic control requirements specified herein are therefore intended to establish general principles to be observed in the control and regulation of traffic through and around the construction operations anticipated for this project. The requirements set forth in this Section represent the minimum traffic control requirements imposed and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing the full extent of traffic control measures that are necessary. Only individuals trained in the principles of implementing traffic control and/or traffic control flagging shall be assigned that responsibility at the work site.
(a) Traffic Control Plan – The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan to clearly describe proposed traffic control measures. The plan shall be generally in accordance with the illustrations included in the “California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices” and the “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook”, (Building News Incorporated P.O. Box 3031, Terminal Annex, Los Angeles, CA 90051). The submittal shall consist of scaled drawings for each situation anticipated to be encountered, i.e., intersections, mid-block (each during working and non-working hours), etc. The drawings shall show signs, traffic control devices and flagmen as required.
The Traffic Control Plan shall be directed equally to the regulation and protection of non- vehicular traffic including pedestrians, bicyclists, joggers, skaters, skateboarders, etc. The Contractor shall provide for the protection and separation of non-vehicular traffic from construction operations at all times. No work involving the implementation of traffic control shall begin until the Architect has reviewed and has no exception to the traffic control plans.
The Contractor may implement a revised Traffic Control Plan only with subsequent review with no exceptions by the Architect.
(b) Traffic Control Devices - Traffic control devices shall be provided in sufficient quantities and types as required to provide safe and adequate traffic control. During hours of darkness, approved lights and/or flares shall be included, in proper working order, to illuminate signs and hazards and alert approaching traffic. Barricades shall be furnished and maintained along all open trenches in contact with traffic. No work may begin on any day or at any time before traffic control devices have been placed, test driven and, if required, adjusted and revised. All traffic control devices shall be placed in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and the Contractor’s favorably reviewed traffic control plans. Locations of devices shall be adjusted to suit the conditions and
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 328
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-47
circumstances of each detour situation. In all cases, signs shall be placed to most effectively convey their messages to approaching traffic.
The Contractor shall maintain all traffic control devices, at proper locations and in proper working order, at all times during construction operations and whenever a hazard resulting from Contractor’s operations exists. The Contractor shall adjust and revise traffic control devices, placement, etc., to suit changing conditions around construction operations.
Traffic control devices shall remain in place at all times, as required to alert approaching traffic of upcoming hazards. After hazards have been removed, all traffic control devices shall be removed. Temporary signs shall be removed or their messages covered.
Daily traffic control measures shall continue until cleanup activities have been satisfactorily completed and all of the Contractor’s equipment has been removed from the traveled way. (c) Traffic Control Detours - The Contractor shall direct, divert and detour traffic through, around and adjacent to construction operations in accordance with the traffic control plans specified in the Contract Documents or in accordance with the Contractor’s favorably reviewed traffic control plans.
1. Field Review of Detours - Immediately after traffic control devices have been placed, the detour shall be test driven by the Architect or Inspector and the Contractor’s Superintendent. The test drive shall include approaches to the detour from each possible direction, and traverse the full length of each detour route. The Contractor shall adjust and revise all traffic control devices as determined to be required by the test drive and the test drive shall be repeated, if determined necessary by the Architect or Inspector. The Contractor shall provide additional traffic control devices as required to maintain the flow of traffic throughout construction operation.
2. Diverting Bicycle and Pedestrian Traffic – Whenever construction operations obstruct the flow of bicycle and pedestrian traffic or present a hazard to bicycles and pedestrians, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to protect and separate bicycles and pedestrians from the work area. Such action may include placement of barricades between bicycles and pedestrians and the work areas, placement of warning signs, and provisions utilizing personnel as required to protect and maintain access for bicycles and pedestrians as conditions warrant.
3. Diverting Vehicular Traffic - Whenever construction operations obstruct the flow of vehicular traffic or present a hazard to vehicles operating in the vicinity of construction operations, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to warn, detour and otherwise protect approaching drivers and vehicles.
4. Flagmen - The Contractor shall employ flagmen as required for each specific detour and at all locations where barricades and warning signs cannot control the movement of traffic. A warning sign shall be placed ahead of the flagman reading:
“Flagman Ahead.” The distance between the sign and the flagman should be based on the average traffic speed, allowing approximately fifty (50) feet for each ten (10) miles per hour. During hours of darkness, flagman stations shall be illuminated such that the flagman will be clearly visible to approaching traffic.
Lights for illuminating the flagman station shall receive favorable review by the Architect. The flagman shall wear a red or orange warning garment when flagging.
Flagmen shall be provided with approved red flags or STOP/SLOW hand paddles, and two-way radios for communication. When flagging during hours of darkness, the flagman shall signal with a red light or flare and shall have a belt and suspender harness outside any garment fitted with reflectors or made from reflectorized cloth, unless the garment is well reflectorized in one of these ways.
5. Notice to Agencies - The Contractor shall notify the Architect and all agencies having jurisdiction over the work, in writing, at least ninety-six (96) hours, excluding holidays and weekends, prior to instituting any lane closure or detour. At the end of each workday, the Contractor shall inform the Architect, Police Department and
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 329
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-48
Fire Departments of the status of all detours, lane restrictions, or road closures.
The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with the various parties involved in the collection and removal of trash and garbage, the transit providers, the U.S.
Postal Service, and others, as necessary, in order to maintain existing schedules and services.
6. Emergency Vehicle Access Through Detours - During all detours and/or street closures the Contractor shall provide for the movement of emergency vehicles through the work area. It is essential that the Contractor’s work and equipment does not impede emergency access.
7. Night Detours - The Contractor shall not be permitted to maintain any lane closure or road closure during non-working hours without first obtaining written approval from the Architect. During non-working hours the Contractor shall restore travel lanes to their original alignment and configuration by means of placing temporary asphalt pavement or bridging with steel plates. The Contractor shall place “ROUGH ROAD” signs conforming to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices at uneven temporary pavement or bridging locations. See General Provisions, Section 9.18 (b), “Trench Safety Requirements”.
8. Temporary Traffic Lanes – Temporary traffic lanes shall be at least ten (10) feet wide, or eleven (11) feet wide around curves. Provide an additional two (2) feet of clearance from curbs. The length of temporary lanes should be limited to the area under construction and the distance necessary to divert traffic. (d) Parking Restrictions - The Contractor shall post approved “No Parking” signs at all locations necessary to establish work areas and detour traffic. Signs shall read: “NO PARKING - CONSTRUCTION TOW-AWAY ZONE,” show the actual day and hours of parking restriction and indicate the telephone number of the City’s Police Department or agency having jurisdiction. Signs shall be placed at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the restriction. The Architect shall approve the location and duration of no parking limits and verify their placement. “No Parking” signs shall be removed when no work is under construction and must be reposted forty-eight (48) hours before the resumption of construction activities.
For any violation of “No Parking” signs by motorists, the Contractor shall contact and coordinate directly with the City’s Police Department for removal of vehicles in accordance with the California Vehicle Code. The Contractor shall also coordinate with the Police Department directly for enforcement and towing of parked vehicles.
9.21 Safety - The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the work. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall specifically provide for the safety of persons involved in the project, other persons who are affected by the performance of the work, the work in place, materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work, the project site, and adjoining property.
The services of the City in conducting inspection or construction review of the Contractor's performance is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's work methods, equipment, bracing, shoring or scaffolding, or safety measures, in, on, or near the construction site.
Safety vests and personal protection equipment shall be worn by the Contractor, all subcontractors and other personnel when working or present on the site. Hard hats shall be worn when working around earthmoving or any heavy construction equipment or during any overhead construction work.
Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the bid items for which safety measures are required and no additional compensation will be made. (a) Safety Orders – The Contractor shall have at the work site, copies or suitable extracts of:
Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders, and General Industry Safety Orders
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 330
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-49
issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. (b)
(c)
(d) Hazardous Conditions: Contractor’s Responsibility for Precautions - Contractor agrees that if, during the progress of the work, a hazardous condition is identified which involves a risk of bodily harm to any person or a risk of damage to any property, the Contractor will take such special precautions as shall be necessary to make the progress of the work safe under such condition. Conditions may result from, but are not limited to, the use of specified materials or equipment, the location of the work, the condition of the site, the kind or method of construction, or the manner in which any of the work is required to be done.
The Contractor agrees to assume the sole responsibility for determining whether any such hazardous condition exists or will be created during the course of the work. (e) .
(f) Special Hazardous Substances and Process – Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in California Code of Regulations, Section 5194 shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used and submitted to the Architect.
Hazardous material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label.
The Contractor shall notify the Architect if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions.
9.22 Patent Fees or Royalties - All fees, royalties or claims for any patented invention, article or method that may be used upon or in any manner connected with the work under this contract shall be included in the price bid for the work and the contractor and the Contractor’s sureties shall protect and hold the City, together with all the City's officers, agents, servants and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent and, before the final payment is made on account of this contract, contractor shall, if requested by the Architect, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release from all such fees or claims.
Should the contractor, his agents, servants or employees, or any of them, be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material or appliance supplied or required to be supplied or used under this contract, the contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials or appliances, in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability and market value and satisfactory in all respects to the Architect. Or, in the event that the Architects elects in lieu of such substitution to have supplies and to retain and use any such invention, article, material or appliance as may be required by the contract to be supplied – in that event, the contractor shall pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and necessary for the City, the City's officers, agents, servants and employees, or any of them to use such invention, article, material or appliance without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding in law or equity on account thereof. Should the contractor neglect or refuse to make the substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then, in that event, the Architect shall have the right to make such substitution or the City may pay such royalties and secure such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any monies due the contractor from the City or recover the amount thereof from the Contractor and any sureties notwithstanding final payment under this contract may have been made.
9.23 Advertising - The names of the Contractor or Subcontractors, with their addresses and the designation of their particular specialties, may be displayed at the job site on removable signs only if written approval is received from the City. Commercial advertising material shall not be attached to, or painted on the surfaces of, any buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 331
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-50
9.24 Antitrust Claims – Attention is directed to Public Contract Code, Section 7103.5 which provides: “In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or Subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with Section 16700, of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.”
9.25 Audit and Examination of Records – The City and entities and agencies designated by the City, shall have access to, and the right to audit and examine at no additional cost, all of the Contractor’s project related data including but not limited to, books, estimates, records, contracts, bid cost data, Subcontractor and supplier job cost data, change orders, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, purchase orders, notes, computations, daily logs, and memoranda relating to the work. Pursuant to Government Code, Section 8546.7, the Contractor shall preserve all such records and will be subject to examination and audit by the State Auditor, at the request of the City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under the Agreement.
9.26 Notice of Entrance - Before entering any private property the contractor shall give the owner, tenant and inspector a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours written notice.
9.27 Additional and Emergency Protection - Wherever, in the opinion of the Architect, the contractor has not taken sufficient precautions for the safety of the public or the protection of the works to be constructed under this contract, or of adjacent structures or property which may be injured by processes of construction on account of such neglect, and whenever, in the opinion of the Architect, an emergency shall arise and immediate actions shall be considered necessary in order to protect personal and property interest, whether public or private, then and in that event, the Architect, with or without notice to the contractor, may provide suitable protection to the said interests by causing such work to be done and such material to be furnished as shall provide such protection as the Architect may consider necessary and adequate.
The cost and expense of such work and material so furnished shall be borne by the contractor and if the same shall not be paid on presentation of the bills therefore, then such costs shall be deducted from any amounts due or to become due the contractor. The performance of such emergency work under the direction of the Architect shall in no way relieve the contractor from any damages which may occur during or after precaution has been taken by the Architect.
9.28 Placing Portions of Work in Service - Portions of the work may be placed in service as completed if desired by the City. Contractor shall give proper access to the work for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work and the work, and the contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction until the entire work under the contract is finally accepted.
9.29 SECTION 10 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
10.01 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work - Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on the basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with the methods stipulated in the particular sections of the Contract Documents involved. Unless specifically stated otherwise in this contract, no extra measurement(s) according to local custom of any kind shall be allowed in measuring the work under this contract; only the length, area, solid contents, number, weight, or time in standard units, as the case may be, shall be considered as specified.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 332
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-51
Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in the horizontal planes. Stationing shall be along the street centerline, lengths of sanitary sewers, storm drains and water lines shall be measured as the horizontal distances from center to center of structures, rounded to the nearest foot, and lengths of all return radii and curb data shall be measured along the face of curb. Volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimensions. Measurements shall be in accordance with U.S. Standard Measures. A pound is an avoirdupois pound. A ton is two-thousand (2,000) pounds avoirdupois. The unit of liquid measure is the U.S. gallon.
When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Architect, on a completely automated weighing and recording system.
The Contractor shall submit to the Architect with duplicate licensed Weighmaster’s certificates showing the actual net weights. The City will accept the certificates as evidence of the weights delivered.
10.02 Bid Items - Should any bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for actual costs incurred, in connection with such eliminated contract work, and for costs incurred prior to the date of the Architect’s written notification eliminating such work. The actual costs to be paid to the Contractor shall be computed in the same manner as if the work were to be paid on a force account basis. No compensation will be made to the Contractor, in any case, for loss of anticipated profits.
Increased or decreased scope involving a change order will be paid as stipulated in the change order.
The estimated value of work performed, for lump sum bids or lump sum bid items will be determined from the schedule of values, to be prepared by the Contractor and presented at the preconstruction meeting. Elements of work on the schedule of values shall be separated into groupings appropriate for the project. The Technical Specifications may be used as a guide for establishing these groupings. Move-in costs, bond and insurance costs, and submittal preparation costs can be included in the schedule of values under a separate mobilization line item. This line item shall not exceed five-percent (5%) of the contract’s value. Overhead and profit shall not be allowed as a line item, but shall be prorated over other items of work.
10.03 Bid Quantities - The quantities listed in the Bid Schedule for each bid item do not govern final payment. Payments to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of contract items constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. If upon completion of the construction, the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the bid schedule, the contract unit prices will still prevail.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed and material placed outside of the plan lines. Unless otherwise provided, no payment will be made for materials delivered to the site but not incorporated in the work. Such quantities will not be included in the final pay quantities. No compensation will be allowed for the disposal of rejected or excess material.
When the estimated quantity for a specific portion of work is designated on the Bid Schedule as a “Final Pay Quantity”, the estimated quantity specified shall be the final quantity for which payment for such specified portion of the work will be made, regardless of the actual quantity constructed, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Architect. If such dimensions are revised and such revisions result in an increase or decrease in the quantity of such work, the final quantity for payment will be revised by the amount represented by the change. The estimated quantity for any portion of the work designated as a Final Pay Quantity shall be considered as approximate only and no guarantee is made that the quantity, which can be determined by computations, based upon the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantities based upon computations do not equal the estimated quantities. Final pay quantities will be designated on the Bid Schedule with the letter (F) and shall only apply to the corresponding portions of work specifically designated on the plans. Any portion of work not designated as a final pay quantity will be measured and paid for as specified under other provisions of the Contract Documents.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 333
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-52
10.04 Progress Payments – On or about the 25th day of each month may be designated as the date which would terminate each working month for the purpose of making progress payments.
The Contractor's request for a progress payment shall be submitted under cover of the Request for Progress Payment form approved by the Architect. The Request for Progress Payment form shall be complete and properly executed by the contractor, and have, as attachments, the items listed on the form.
The Contractor shall, on the date established, prepare and submit a progress estimate to the City for work accomplished during the previous working month, based on the various contract bid items and the unit bid prices. Invoices shall include amounts previously paid, itemized retention and any deductions or additions authorized by change order. Consultation with the Architect may be necessary to determine the amount of work accomplished.
The first progress payment will not be made until the following submittals have been provided and accepted: list and schedule of submittals, Baseline Construction Schedule, schedule of values (if applicable), SWPPP. Subsequent progress payment requests will not be accepted unless accompanied by the progress payment cover letter, an updated baseline or revised schedule, a certification that the record drawings have been updated as of the date of the invoice.
Upon receipt of a progress payment request, the City shall, within ten (10) working days, determine if the request is proper, and if disputed the City will return the progress payment to the Contractor along with a written document setting forth the progress payment request’s shortcomings. Following receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted progress payment request, the City shall authorize payment within thirty (30) calendar days.
Contractor may request partial payment for materials delivered to the site but not yet incorporated into the work (materials on hand). To receive consideration for payment of materials on hand, the Contractor shall provide the Architect with a list of such materials at least five (5) working days prior to submitting the monthly estimate of amount earned for work completed. At the Architect’s sole discretion, up to seventy-five-percent (75%) of the estimated value of materials on hand may be considered for payment, subject to the following:
(a) Only materials which have received favorable review of shop drawings will qualify. (b) Eligible materials must be delivered and properly stored, protected, and maintained in a manner favorably reviewed by the Architect, at the job site or at a bonded warehouse. (c) The Contractor's actual net cost for the materials must be supported by paid invoices to suppliers or other documentation requested by the Architect. (d) Materials delivered to the site less than thirty (30) days prior to their scheduled incorporation in the work shall not qualify.
(e) Partial payments for materials on hand shall not be deemed to be final payment for the material nor relieve the Contractor of any obligations under the Contract. (f) Partial payments for materials on hand shall be subject to retention.
From each progress estimate, five percent (5%) will be deducted and retained by the City, and the remainder of the amount due, less the amount of all previous payment will be paid to the Contractor provided all work invoiced has been completed and approved by the Architect.
The Architect may withhold or nullify, the whole or any part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect the City from loss on account of any of the following:
(a) Defective or vandalized work not remedied,
(b) Damage to the City or another Contractor,
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 334
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-53
(c) Claims filed, or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (d) Stop notices, or failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or laborers or suppliers, in which case 125% of the stop notice amount shall be withheld until a release form is received,
(e) A reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance unpaid, (f) Reasonable evidence that the work will not be completed within the contract time and that the unpaid balance of the contract sum would not be adequate to cover the City’s liquidated damages assessed in accordance with the Agreement for the anticipated delay, (g) Failure of Contractor to maintain, update and submit record documents, schedules or other submittals as required by the Contract Documents,
(h) Performance of work by Contractor without properly processed shop drawings; (i) Any other failure of Contractor to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents.
The Contractor may elect to receive one hundred percent (100%) of payments due under the contract from time to time, without retention of any portion of the payment by the City, by depositing and maintaining securities of a value equivalent to the retention amount with the City in accordance with the provisions of Public Contract Code, Section 22300. Such securities, if deposited by the Contractor, shall be valued by the City’s Administrative Services Director, whose decision on valuation of the securities shall be final.
Contractor warrants that, upon submittal of an application for payment, all work for which payment has been previously issued by the City and received by the Contractor, shall be free and clear of all claims, stop notices, security interests, and encumbrances in favor of Contractor, Subcontractors, or other persons or firms entitled to make claims by reason of having provided labor, materials, or equipment relating to work.
The payment of progress payments by the City shall not be construed as an absolute acceptance of the work done up to the time of such payments and shall not constitute acceptance of defective work.
10.05 Retentions - The City shall retain five percent (5%) of the amount of each progress estimate, and the accumulation of said amounts so retained from the progressive payments to the extent unencumbered will be paid to the contractor in no less than thirty-five (35) days after the completion and acceptance by the Architect and the City of the work done.
Upon contractor's request, City will make payment of funds withheld from progress payments pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 14402 if contractor deposits in escrow with the City, or with a bank acceptable to the City, securities eligible for the investment of State funds under Government Code Section 16430 or bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, upon the following conditions:
(a) Contractor shall bear the expense of the City and the escrow agent in connection with the escrow deposit made.
(b) Securities or certificates of deposit to be placed in escrow shall be of a value at least equivalent to the amounts of retention to be paid to the contractor pursuant to this section. (c) Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the City, which agreement shall include provisions governing inter alia:
1. Amount of securities to be deposited.
1. Providing of powers of attorney or other documents necessary for the transfer of the securities to be deposited.
2. Conversion to cash to provide funds to meet defaults to termination of the contractor's control over the work, stop notices filed pursuant to the law,
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 335
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-54
assessment of liquidated damages or other amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the contract.
3. Decrease in value of securities or deposit.
4. Termination of the escrow upon completion of the contract. (d) Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement.
10.06 Final Payment - The City shall, prior to final acceptance, provide the Contractor with a copy of the final quantities for the various contract bid items and a summary of contract change orders for review.
All prior payments shall be subject to correction in determining the total contract sum. The Contractor shall reply promptly in writing, to indicate either concurrence or an explanation of possible discrepancies in the total contract sum.
The project will not be submitted to the City Council for acceptance until the Architect and the Contractor concur with the totals of all quantities, costs, contract change orders and the total contract sum.
Following concurrence, a semi-final payment will be made to the Contractor after deducting all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the contract. The retention payment shall be due and payable as a final payment after the expiration of thirty-five (35) days following the date of final acceptance of the work by the City Council.
If within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the City, due to Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws.
If releases are required, the Contractor shall pay or cause to be paid to Subcontractors the amount stated in the conditional releases within five (5) days after receipt of the semi-final payment, and shall promptly thereafter furnish evidence of such payment to the City.
The securities deposited by the Contractor will be released, providing that the following requirements of the contract have been fulfilled:
(a) Satisfactory completion of all construction work and written acceptance of said work by the City;
(b) The submission by the Contractor to the Architect of all required stop notice releases, submittals, written guarantees, warranties, operating manuals, and other project related documentation;
(c) The return to the Architect of all drawings and written specifications loaned to the Contractor during the construction period.
(d) The submission by the Contractor to the Architect of record documents and a set of red- lined drawings showing the revisions to the original set of drawings which reflect the actual construction of the project for preparation of “Record Drawings”.
The Contractor agrees that the payment of the final amount due under the contract shall release the City of San Carlos from any and all claims or liability on account of all work performed under the contract, except those items previously made in writing and identified by the Contractor as unsettled. Release of the final payment by the City shall not be construed as an acceptance of any defective work or acceptance of improper materials.
10.07 Acceptance - Contractor shall notify Architect in writing of the completion of the work, whereupon the Architect shall promptly satisfy them self by personal inspection as to the actual completion of the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. After receiving a written recommendation from the Architect for acceptance of the work, City shall accept or reject the work; stating, if the work is rejected, the requisite conditions for acceptance. When the City accepts the work, they shall file a Notice of Completion with the County Recorder in the county where the work is located and shall promptly notify the
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 336
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-55
contractor in writing of the recordation. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all work, materials and equipment accepted by the City will pass to the City free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, and that no work, materials or equipment accepted will have been acquired by the contractor, or by any other person performing the work at the site or furnishing materials or equipment for the project, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or encumbrances thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by contractor of such other person.
10.08 Compensation for Extra or Omitted Work – Compensation for extra or omitted work shall be in accordance with Section 5.08, Change Orders.
10.09 Compensation to City for Extension of Time - In case the work called for under this contract is not completed within the time limit stipulated herein, the City shall have the right, as provided hereinabove, to extend the time of completion thereof. If the time limit so be extended, the City shall have the right to charge to the contractor and to deduct from the final payment for the work the actual cost to the City of Architecting, inspection, administration, legal and other overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the extension of time. The cost of final surveys and preparation of the final estimate shall not be included in such charges.
10.10 Claims - The term “Claim” shall mean a written demand or assertion by the Contractor seeking, as a matter of asserted right, adjustment in the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, or determination of other disputes or matters in question between the City and Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the work, including claims alleging an error or omission.
A claim must be stated with specificity, including identification of the event giving rise to claim, the date of the event, and the asserted effect on contract sum and contract time. The claim shall include adequate supporting data. Adequate supporting data for a claim for an adjustment of the contract time shall include scheduling data demonstrating the impact of the event on the completion of the work.
Adequate supporting data for a claim for an adjustment of the contract sum shall include a detailed cost breakdown of the items allowed, isolating labor, material, and equipment costs, and providing detailed quantities and unit prices for changed work. If the exact amount of a claim is not ascertainable at the time such claim is made, the supporting data currently available shall be submitted. Supplemental data supporting the exact amount of the claim shall be submitted as soon as available.
Notwithstanding the making of any claim or the existence of any dispute regarding any claim, unless otherwise directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall not cause any delay, cessation, or termination in the performance of the work, including portions of the work pertaining to a claim.
10.11 Time Limit on Claims - Contractor shall submit any and all claims, together with adequate supporting data to the Architect as soon as possible but not later than ten (10) working days after occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim, or the date the Contractor first recognized, or reasonably should have recognized, the condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is earlier. Contractor hereby expressly waives all claims not made within this time limit.
Contractor is expressly barred from asserting any claims of which the Contractor was aware, whether or not the exact amount of such claims was ascertainable, that is not submitted to the Architect prior to the Contractor proceeding with the work.
10.12 City Response to Claims - The Architect shall promptly review claims. If additional supporting data is deemed necessary, the Architect shall request such additional data within ten (10) working days after receipt of the claim. The Contractor shall furnish such additional data no later than ten (10) working days after receipt of the City’s request. The Architect shall render a decision promptly, but in any event, within thirty (30) working days after the receipt of the claim or the receipt of additional supporting data. If the amount of the claim is in excess of $50,000, the aforesaid thirty (30) working day period shall be sixty (60) working days. Failure of the Architect to render a decision within the aforesaid thirty (30) or sixty (60) working day period shall be deemed a decision denying the claim and the last day of such period
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 337
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-56
shall be the date of such decision. The decision of the Architect shall be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 10.15, “Appeal of the Architect’s Decision”.
10.13 Appeal of Architect’s Decision - If Contractor disputes the Architect’s decision of a claim, the Contractor shall, within thirty (30) calendar days of the decision, make a written appeal of the decision to the Architect. The written appeal shall include all supporting data upon which the Contractor requests the City to modify its decision, including all documentation transmitted between the Contractor and the Architect on the underlying claim. The Architect shall make a good faith effort to resolve the claim prior to final completion of the Project. In the event the claim is not resolved prior to final completion, the Contractor’s claim shall be heard by the Director of Public Works prior to recommending final acceptance to the City Council. The Contractor’s administrative remedies under the Contract Documents shall be exhausted after the decision of the Director of Public Works is rendered. In case of disagreement with the decision of the Director of Public Works, the Contractor may pursue the resolution of the dispute by presenting a formal claim to the City.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 338
General Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page GP-57
SECTION 11 - GUARANTY
11.01 Contractor’s Guaranty - Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall warrant and guaranty to the City that all work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective.
The guaranty shall be accompanied by a warranty bond for ten percent (10%) of the final contract sum, which shall warrant the quality of the work for a period of two (2) years after acceptance. The guaranty and warranty bond shall be in accordance with the Agreement Forms furnished in the Contract Documents.
11.02 Correction of Defective Work During the Guaranty Period - If within two (2) years after the date of City Council acceptance, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guaranty required by the Contract Documents, any work is found to be defective, the Contractor shall promptly without cost to the City and in accordance with the City’s written instructions, either correct such defective work or if it has been rejected by the City, remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective work.
If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions within ten (10) working days after written demand by the City, the City may have the defective work corrected. The City may also correct defective work immediately in cases of emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of correcting defective work (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) shall be absorbed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall remove from the Project site portions of the work and materials which are not in accordance with the Contract Documents and which are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the City. If Contractor fails to pay the costs of such removal within ten (10) working days after written demand, the City may, without prejudice to other remedies, sell such materials at auction or at private sale, or otherwise dispose of such material. The Contractor shall be entitled to the proceeds of such sale, if any, in excess of the costs and damages for which the Contractor is liable to the City, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and compensation for the City’s services and expenses.
The City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and by notice to the Contractor, to accept defective work as defined in Section 4.18 – “Acceptance of Defective Work. “
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 339
E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 340
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 341
Special Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page SP-1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
These Special Provisions contain project specific requirements pertaining to the work, and as such, shall take precedence over the General Conditions portions of these Specifications. All costs associated with satisfying the requirements in these Special Provisions shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price and no additional compensation shall be made.
1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
In general, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the project as further described in the “Instructions to Bidders” of these Specifications. Furniture to be purchased by client and installed by distributor.
2. LOCATION
Work to be done under this contract is the San Carlos Library Makerspace Project of the City of San Carlos Public Library located at 610 Elm Street in the City of San Carlos.
3. DAYS & HOURS OF OPERATION
The hours of operation shall be 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday; and 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Saturdays. No work on Sundays and holidays. Activities outside of those hours shall not generate objectionable noise, dust, or inconvenience to the public.
There shall be no radio use on the job site.
4. STAGING/CONSTRUCTION AREA
Staging materials shall be allowed within the tenant space. If additional space is needed, the City will provide directions and / or accommodation as needed. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing the staging area. Any fencing or other protective means (if required or employed by the Contractor) shall be at the contractor’s expense. Contractor vehicles shall park in the City of San Carlos Library parking garage below the library. No contractor parking will be allowed on City streets. Location of dumpster, if needed, will be determined at the pre-construction conference.
5. WATER
Water for use during construction will be available on the second floor of the City of San Carlos Library.
6. POWER
Electrical power for and in connection with work to be done under this contract will be available within the tenant suite and / or adjacent suites. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 9.12(h) of the General Provisions for additional information.
7. OWNER / CONTRACTOR MEETINGS
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 342
Special Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page SP-2
A. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A Pre-construction Conference will be held on site within ten (10) working days after the date the Notice to Proceed is issued at the time and date described in the Notice to Proceed.
The conference will address the scope of work and the Contractor's proposed construction schedule and timeline. At the Pre-construction conference the Contractor shall provide the following, in addition to the items specified in Section
8.09 of the General Provisions:
The proposed construction schedule (for overall project), Two-week look-ahead construction schedule,
Project submittals.
The meeting shall be attended by:
Contractor's representative, superintendent and major subcontractors, City's representative project manager and inspector,
Design consultant team,
Appropriate library staff.
B. WEEKLY CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS: A weekly construction meeting will be held at the construction site or as determined by the City Project Manager/Inspector.
The weekly meetings will be held on a day and time mutually satisfactory to the City and Contractor’s representative and/or superintendent and/or library staff.
8. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS
The City has an ordinance requiring that debris from construction and demolition activities be reused, recycled and/or salvaged and diverted from a landfill. The Contractor shall provide sufficient evidence (weight tickets or other recycling receipt documents) to verify that debris is being recycled, reused and/or salvaged to the satisfaction of the City.
9. HAUL ROUTES
The section of Holly Street between Old County Road and Industrial Road is NOT TO BE USED as a haul route. Contractor shall therefore direct trucks not to use the Holly and Highway-101 Interchange when heading to the site. Trucks leaving the site shall turn onto El Camino Real and head either north to Ralston Avenue or south to Brittan Avenue, then onto Hwy 101.
10. SANITATION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
The City will designate the use of the public restrooms located within the Second Floor of the City of San Carlos Library for the contractor and sub-contractors.
11. SEQUENCE OF WORK
The contractor shall provide detailed information on the sequencing of work beginning with protection of path of travel (elevator, floors, etc.) to the Project suite area and with the Project itself.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 343
Special Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page SP-3
12. SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damages, injury or loss to:
1. All employees, City personnel, residents on the project, and all others who may be affected thereby; and
2. All the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s sub-contractors; and
3. All vehicles or similar mode of transportation in available areas within the parking garage; and
4. All ceiling mounted utilities, fire sprinklers, carbon monoxide sensors, strobe lights, lighting, signage, EV chargers, etc.
5. The work of the City or other contractors.
6. The Contractor shall ensure the work site is limited to the contractor, sub- contractor, designated library personnel, City inspector, project manager, and design team personnel.
The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or protection from damage, injury or loss.
The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and the progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations, and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.
The Contractor shall take precautions and use plastic drop covers during scheduled work to prevent access by the public as well as preventing over-spraying of finished areas. The plastic drop covers shall be secured to the walls, ceilings, etc. without damaging the areas.
The Contractor shall designate a Site Safety and Health Officer who is a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization and whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The Contractor shall submit the name of the Site Safety and Health Officer to the City in writing. The Site Safety and Health Officer shall be responsible for preparation of a Health and Safety Plan.
The Health and Safety Plan shall detail the Contractors safety committee(s), safety rules, safety training, enforcement procedures, incentives, accident procedures and investigations, inspections, safety equipment and maintenance, hazardous materials (i.e. asbestos pipe) handling procedures, emergency action plan(s), alcohol and drug policies, confined space entry procedures, certification program and emergency retrieval
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 344
Special Provisions San Carlos Library Makerspace Project Page SP-4
procedures, 911 and emergency rescue services within jurisdiction of the work area, health providers and hospital emergency near the work site.
13. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall submit a detailed construction schedule at the pre-construction meeting (date and time to be determined).
14. DAILY WORK REPORTS
The Contractor shall provide the City with daily and / or weekly work reports at the beginning of each working day for a report of the previous working day. The form shall conform to that which is provided in Appendix A.
15. SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall reference the Technical Provisions for submittal requirements.
16. SWEEPING AND JOB SITE CLEANLINESS
The Contractor shall sweep the work areas clean at the end of each workday and ensure materials are stored in a tidy manner.
17. BUSINESS LICENSE
Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also obtain a City business license prior to the work being performed.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 345
F. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 346
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 347
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-1
DOCUMENT 00 0010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cover
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
00 0010 Table of Contents
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000 Summary
01 2500 Substitution Procedures
Attachment: Request for Substitution Form
01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures
01 3100 Project Management and Coordination
01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation
01 3233 Photographic Documentation
01 3300 Submittal Procedures
Attachment: Submittal Cover Sheet
01 4000 Quality Requirements
01 4200 References
01 6000 Product Requirements
01 7300 Execution
01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
01 7700 Closeout Procedures
01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 7839 Project Record Documents
01 7900 Demonstration and Training
01 8113 Sustainable Design Requirements
Attachment: Product Data Submittal Reporting For m
01 8116 Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 4119 Selective Demolition
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
(Not Used)
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
(Not Used)
DIVISION 5 – METALS
05 5000 Metal Fabrications
05 7000 Decorative Metal
DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 348
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-2
06 1600 Sheathing
06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 2100 Building Insulation
07 2715 Nonbituminous self-Adhering Air Barriers
07 5113 Built-Up Asphalt Roofing
07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07 8413 Penetration Firestopping
07 9200 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS
08 1416 Flush Wood Doors
08 6250 Tubular Daylighting Devices
08 8000 Glazing
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
09 2216 Non-Structural Metal Framing
09 2900 Gypsum Board
09 3000 Tiling
09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings
09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories
09 6515 Resilient Flooring
09 8430 Sound Absorbing Panels
09 9123 Interior Painting
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
10 1100 Visual Display Surfaces
10 4413 Fire Protection Cabinets
10 4416 Fire Extinguishers
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
(Not Used)
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
12 2413 Roller Window Shades
12 3600 Countertops
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(Not Used)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
(Not Used)
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 0000 Fire Suppression Basic Requirements
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 349
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-3
21 0500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression
21 1300 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 0000 Plumbing Basic Requirements
22 0523 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 0529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping an d Equipment 22 0553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equi pment 22 0700 Plumbing Insulation
22 1000 Plumbing Piping
22 3000 Plumbing Equipment
22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIO NING 23 0000 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning ( HVAC) Basic Requirements 23 0519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping
23 0523 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
23 0529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping, Ductw ork and Equipment 23 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Equ ipment 23 0553 Identification for HVAC Piping, Ductwork an d Equipment 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
23 0700 HVAC Insulation
23 0900 Instrumentation and Control Performance Spe cifications 23 2113 HVAC Piping
23 2116 Hydronic Piping Specialties
23 3100 HVAC Ducts and Casings
23 3300 Air Duct Accessories
23 3400 HVAC Fans
23 3600 Air Terminal Units
23 3700 Air Outlets and Inlets
DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
(Not Used)
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 0000 Electrical Basic Requirements
26 0519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical System s
26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems and Equipment 26 0533 Raceways
26 0534 Boxes
26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems
26 0810 Building Lighting Acceptance Testing and Do cumentation 26 0943 Digital Lighting Controls
26 2726 Wiring Devices
26 2816.16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 350
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-4
27 0000 Communications Basic Requirements
27 0528.28 Firestopping for Communications Systems
27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems
27 1500 Communications Horizontal Cabling
DISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 3100 Fire Detection and Alarm
28 0000 Electronic Safety and Security Basic Requir ements 28 0001 Electronic Safety Basic Requirements
28 1000 Access Control and Intrusion Detection
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
(Not Used)
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
(Not Used)
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
(Not Used)
END OF DOCUMENT
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 351
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1
SECTION 01 1000
SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Owner-furnished/Contractor-installed (OFCI) products.
4. Contractor's use of site and premises.
5. Work restrictions.
6. Specification and Drawing conventions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 017300 "Execution" for coordination of Owner-installed products.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: San Carlos Library.
1. Project Location: San Carlos, California.
B. Architect: WRNS Studio.
C. Construction Manager: .
1. Construction Manager for this Project is Pr oject's constructor. The terms "Construction Manager" and "Contractor" are synonymous.
D. Web-Based Project Software: Project software will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage.
1. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for establishing administering and using web-based Project software.
1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contra ct Documents and consists of the renovation of a an Library building as documented on the drawings.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED (OFCI) PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsi bilities: Owner will furnish products i ndicated and perform the following, as applicable:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 352
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2
1. Provide to Contractor Owner-reviewed Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples.
2. Provide for delivery of Owner-furnished products to Project site.
3. Upon delivery, inspect, with Contractor present, delivered items. a. If Owner-furnished products are damaged, defective, or missing, arrange for replacement.
4. Obtain manufacturer's inspections, service, and warranties.
5. Inform Contractor of earliest avail able delivery date for Owner-furnished products.
B. Contractor's Responsibilities: The Wo rk includes the following, as applicable:
1. Designate delivery dates of Owner-furnishe d products in Contractor's construction schedule, utilizing Owner-furnished earliest available delivery dates.
2. Review Owner-reviewed Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples, noting discrepancies and other issues in providing for Owner-furnished products in the Work.
3. Receive, unload, handle, store, prot ect, and install Owner-furnished products.
4. Make building services connections for Owner-furnished products.
5. Protect Owner-furnished produ cts from damage during storage, handling, and installation and prior to Substantial Completion.
6. Repair or replace Owner-furnished products damaged following receipt.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Unrestricted Use of Site: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Pr oject site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
B. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain porti ons of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition througho ut construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain po rtions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public st reets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existi ng building to normal business working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Weekend Hours: By request only.
2. Early Morning Hours: Prior to 8:00am by request only.
3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: By request only.
4. Hours for Core Drilling and generally noisy activity: 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt ut ilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission bef ore proceeding with utility interruptions.
D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operatio ns that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 353
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission bef ore proceeding with disruptive operations.
E. Nonsmoking Building : Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.
F. Employee Identification: Prov ide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.
G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's re quirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site.
1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, a nd phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are gen erally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in mu ltiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics.
3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents.
4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for ma terials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are i dentified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are ident ified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 354
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1
SECTION 01 2500
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and pr ocedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 6000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materi als, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes propos ed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes pr oposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation iden tifying product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specificati on Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided in Project Manual.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified produc t or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.
b. Statement indicating why spec ific substitution benefits the owner. c. Coordination information, including a lis t of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. d. Detailed comparison of significant qualitie s of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section.
Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indi cate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
e. Product Data, including drawings and desc riptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
f. Samples, where applicable or requested.
g. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 355
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2
h. List of similar installations for co mpleted projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
j. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES.
k. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include lett er from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
l. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. m. Contractor's certificati on that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicat ed in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. n. Contractor's waiver of rights to additi onal payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Ar chitect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation with in seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Orde r, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests fo r substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
1. Conditions: Architect w ill consider Contractor's requ est for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, exc ept to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent wi th the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
b. Requested substitution provides sustainabl e design characteristics that specified product provided for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits. c. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 356
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3
e. Requested substitution has received nec essary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. j. Only one request for substitution for each product per contractor will be considered. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
1. Conditions: Architect w ill consider Contractor's requ est for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, exc ept to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not requir e extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent wi th the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
d. Requested substitution provides sustainabl e design characteristics that specified product provided for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits. e. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. f. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. g. Requested substitution has received nec essary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
h. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. j. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
k. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 357
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM Page 1 of 2
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
Project: _____________________________ Architect's Project Number: ___________________ _____________________________ Substitution Request Number: ______________ To: _____________________________ Date: ___________________________________ _____________________________ From: __________________________________ Re: _____________________________ Contract For: ______________________________ Section Title: _________________________ Description: _______________________________ Section No.: ___________ Page: ________________ Article/Paragraph: _______________
Trade name, model number, and name of proposed substitution:
What effect does substitution have on applicable code requirements?
Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? (Use attachment for additional space, if required.)
Manufacturer's warranty on proposed and specified items are:
Same Different
(Explain on attachment.)
Reason for requesting substitution:
Cause Convenience
Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ___________________________ ($ ___________ ).
Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ____________ N o Yes [Add] [Deduct] days.
Will the Undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs, caused by the requested substitution? Yes No
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 358
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM Page 2 of 2
Enclosed data consists of:
Catalog Drawings Product Data Samples Tests
Reports Sustainability Criteria
List availability of maintenance service and replacement materials.
State effects of substitution on project sustainability goals:
Any license fees or royalties: Yes No
UNDERSIGNED certifies:
• Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product, including meeting Sustainability Requirements. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts as applicable is available. • Proposed Substitution will not affect or delay Progress Schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims fo r additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived by the Contractor. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions or functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including architectural or engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes to the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects.
Submitted by:
Signature
Firm
Address
Date
Telephone
For use by Architect:
Accepted: Accepted As Noted:
Not Accepted: Received Too Late:
Date
Remarks:
Approved by (C.M.)
B y :
END OF FORM
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 359
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1
SECTION 01 2600
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.
2. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for forms for contract modifications provided as part of web-based Project management software.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructio ns authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710 or form acceptable to the owner and Architect.
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architec t will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Ar chitect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's constructi on schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 360
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2
e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the pr oposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products requi red or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery char ges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701 or form acceptable to the owner and Architect.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Architec t may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Direct ive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and sup porting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 361
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1
SECTION 01 3100
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions fo r coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. Requests for Information (RFIs).
4. Digital project management procedures.
5. Web-based Project management software package.
6. Project meetings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Do cumentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" fo r coordinating closeout of the Contract.
4. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requi rements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Co ntractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary i dentifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of ent ity performing subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specific ation Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of star ting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including s uperintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 362
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2
site. Identify individuals and their duties an d responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses.
Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly inst allation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Se ctions that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequen ce required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommoda te items scheduled for later installation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and sepa rate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities an d scheduled activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of te mporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coor dination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space av ailability necessitates coordinat ion, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 363
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not bas e coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.
Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components.
b. Indicate functional and spatial relation ships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
e. Indicate required installation sequences.
f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawin gs. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Or ganize coordination drawings as follows:
1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: S how architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.
2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for sup port of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings.
Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components.
3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination dr awings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fi re-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment.
4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetra tions and openings required for all disciplines.
5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.
6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of duc twork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems.
b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.
7. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency bat tery pack, smoke detector, and other fire- alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear , transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.
8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architec t determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 364
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4
in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit.
10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordi nation digital data files according to the following requirements:
1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings.
2. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
b. Contractor shall execute a data lic ensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.
1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A. General: Immediately on disc overy of the need for additional in formation, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Cont ractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Ar chitect or their Consultants by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legi ble description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descrip tions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with su bstantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.
Allow seven working days for Architect's respon se for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 365
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of C ontractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal. a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writ ing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RF I log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notif y Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.
1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digita l data files of Architect's BIM model will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction.
1. Digital data files may be used by Contract or in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.
2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.
3. Contractor shall execute a data licensing ag reement in the form of AIA Document C106 Digital Data Licensing Agreement or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.
a. Subcontractors, and other parties gran ted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.
4. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
a. Floor plans.
b. Reflected ceiling plans.
B. Web-Based Project Software: Provide, adminis ter, and use web-based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 366
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6
1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, includin g Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notificat ion for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, S pecifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.
2. Provide up to ten web-based Project softw are user licenses for use of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and Archit ect's consultants. Provide eight hours of software training at Architect's office for web-based Project software users.
3. At completion of Project, provide digital ar chive in format that is readable by common desktop software applications in format acce ptable to Architect. Provide data in locked format to prevent further changes.
4. Provide the following web-based Project so ftware packages under their current published licensing agreements:
a. Procore Technologies, Inc.
C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are re quired to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Sect ion and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.
1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and c onferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Dist ribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsibl e for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribut e the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 367
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall a ttend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Sustainable design requirements.
o. Preparation of Record Documents.
p. Use of the premises.
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
s. Owner's occupancy requirements.
t. Responsibility for tempor ary facilities and controls. u. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
w. Construction waste management and recycling.
x. Parking availability.
y. Office, work, and storage areas.
z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. First aid.
bb. Security.
cc. Progress cleaning.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducti ng meeting will record a nd distribute meeting minutes.
C. Sustainable Design Requirem ents Coordination Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a sustainable design coordination confer ence before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner Architect, and Contractor.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent and sustainable design coordinator; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of si gnificance that could affect meeting sustainable design requirements, including the following:
a. Sustainable design Project checklist.
b. General requirements for sustainable design-related procurement and documentation.
c. Project closeout requirements and su stainable design certification procedures.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 368
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8
d. Role of sustainable design coordinator.
e. Construction waste management.
f. Construction operations and sustainabl e design requirements and restrictions.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducti ng meeting will record a nd distribute meeting minutes.
D. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preins tallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other se ctions and when required for coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordinati on or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will fo llow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, and Owner's Commissioning Authority of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other constr uction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Sustainable design requirements.
i. Review of mockups.
j. Possible conflicts.
k. Compatibility requirements.
l. Time schedules.
m. Weather limitations.
n. Manufacturer's written instructions.
o. Warranty requirements.
p. Compatibility of materials.
q. Acceptability of substrates.
r. Temporary facilit ies and controls.
s. Space and access limitations.
t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
u. Testing and inspecting requirements.
v. Installation procedures.
w. Coordination with other work.
x. Required performance results.
y. Protection of adjacent work.
z. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions , agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meet ing to each party present and to other parties requiring information.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conf erence cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
E. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and cond uct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no la ter than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 369
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall a ttend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss item s of significance that could affe ct or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of record documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archivi ng web-based Project software site data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training.
i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
k. Submittal procedures.
l. Coordination of separate contracts.
m. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
F. Progress Meetings: Conduct progre ss meetings at regular intervals.
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor , supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordi nation, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meet ing shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Status of sustainabl e design documentation.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilit ies and controls.
10) Progress cleaning.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 370
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10
11) Quality and work standards.
12) Status of correction of deficient items.
13) Field observations.
14) Status of RFIs.
15) Status of Proposal Requests.
16) Pending changes.
17) Status of Change Orders.
18) Pending claims and disputes.
19) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Entity responsi ble for conducting t he meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contract or's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
G. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordi nation meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specif ic meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor , supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordi nation, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these me etings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.
Review other items of signifi cance that could affect progr ess. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Cons truction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisi ons to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilit ies and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Proposal Requests.
15) Change Orders.
16) Pending changes.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 371
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 11
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 372
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1
SECTION 01 3200
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for docum enting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Startup construction schedule.
2. Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Construction schedule updating reports.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports.
6. Site condition reports.
7. Unusual event reports.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for schedule of values and requirements for use of cost-loaded schedule for Applications for Payment.
2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
3. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that c an be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critic al path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activiti es must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect.
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a met hod of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 373
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time belongs to Owner.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in st arting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpo wer and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.
2. PDF electronic file.
B. Startup construction schedule.
1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup constructi on schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.
C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial sche dule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.
E. CPM Reports: Concurrent wi th CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sort ed by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the Work until most recent Application for Payment.
F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.
I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 374
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3
J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction sched ule and Contractor's construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified person nel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including interim milestones.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
8. Review requirements for tests and inspec tions by independent testing and inspecting agencies.
9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities.
10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule wi th the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, paymen t requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing cr itical elements of the Work from entities involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUC TION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date establ ished for commencement of the Work to date of final completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be chang ed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Temporary Facilities: Indicate start and co mpletion dates for the following as applicable:
a. Securing of approvals and permits required for performance of the Work. b. Temporary facilities.
c. Construction of mock-ups, prototypes and samples.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 375
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4
d. Owner interfaces and furnishing of items.
e. Interfaces with Separate Contracts.
f. Regulatory agency approvals.
g. Punch list.
3. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of mo re than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
4. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in sch edule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.
5. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.
6. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning.
7. Substantial Completion: Indicate co mpletion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
8. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work rest rictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Su mmary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Use of premises restrictions.
c. Seasonal variations.
d. Environmental control.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in t he Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.
F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepa re summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
5. Pending modifications affecti ng the Work and Contract Time.
G. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each m eeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule t hat indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedul e, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 376
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5
working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.
I. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, di stribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
1.8 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagr am within 14 days of date established for commencement of the Work. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the re mainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contract or's Construction Schedule using a time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
1. Develop network diagram in sufficient ti me to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days afte r date established for commencement of the Work.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.
2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information.
3. Establish procedures for monitoring a nd updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for i ndividual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time.
D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time du ration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activi ties. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning.
j. Commissioning.
k. Punch list and final completion.
l. Activities occurring following final completion.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 377
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6
2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate t he critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separat e sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.
5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Architect's approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, sustainable design documentation and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.
a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by Architect.
b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.
E. Contract Modifications: For each propos ed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.
F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial netwo rk diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
3. Main events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdays.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce.
10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).
G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Identification of acti vities that have changed.
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.
1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.
2. In second list, tabulate activity number, la te finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 378
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7
3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date.
4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts on e week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.9 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a da ily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow.
7. Testing and inspection.
8. Accidents.
9. Meetings and significant decisions.
10. Unusual events (see special reports).
11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
12. Meter readings and similar recordings.
13. Emergency procedures.
14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
15. Change Orders received and implemented.
16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
17. Services connected and disconnected.
18. Equipment or system tests and startups.
19. Partial completions and occupancies.
20. Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Material Location Reports: At monthly inte rvals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site . List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered . Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipm ent fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:
1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.
2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed.
3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.
C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on disc overy of a difference bet ween site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepar e and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 379
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 380
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1
SECTION 01 3233
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
3. Final completion construction photographs.
4. Preconstruction video recordings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as project record documents at Project closeout.
2. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Structure Demo lition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. In dicate elevation or story of construction.
Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.
B. Digital Photographs: Submit image file s within three days of taking photographs.
1. Submit photos on CD-ROM or thumb-drive. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction.
2. Identification: Provide the following inform ation with each image description in file metadata tag:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.
C. Video Recordings: Submit video recordings within seven days of recording.
1. Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or t humb drive. Include copy of key plan indicating each video's location and direction.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 381
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2
2. Identification: With each submittal, provide the following information in file metadata tag:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating lo cation, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.
B. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels, and with vibration-reduction technology . Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions.
C. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full high-definition mode with vibrat ion-reduction technology. Provide supplemental lighting in low light levels or backlit conditions.
D. Digital Images: Submit digital media as orig inally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.
E. Metadata: Record accurate date and timefrom camera.
F. File Names: Name media files with date and sequential numbering suffix.
1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photograph er to take construction photographs.
B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus.
1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location.
C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commen cement of demolition, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.
1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
2. Take 50 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work.
3. Take 50 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.
4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.
D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 382
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3
E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Docu ments. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points.
F. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum.
1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.
2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.
3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Special events planned at Project site.
b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDINGS
A. Video Recording Photographer: Engage a qualifi ed videographer to record construction video recordings.
B. Preconstruction Video Recording: Before starti ng demolition, record video recording of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.
1. Flag construction limits before recording construction video recordings.
2. Show existing conditions adjacent to Project site before starting the Work.
3. Show existing buildings either on or adjoining Project site to accurately record physical conditions at the start of demolition.
4. Show protection efforts by Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 383
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1
SECTION 01 3300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.
2. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Do cumentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Document ation" for submitting preconstruction photographs, periodic construction photographs, and Final Completion construction photographs.
4. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.
5. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.
6. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.
7. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Document s" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.
8. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
9. Section 01 8113 "Sustainable Design Requi rements" for sustainable design submittals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphi c information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 384
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2
C. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open st andard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.
1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action s ubmittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to re flect changes in current status and timing for submittals.
4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
7. Category and type of submittal.
8. Submittal purpose and description.
9. Specification Section number and title.
10. Specification paragraph number or drawi ng designation and generic name for each of multiple items.
11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
12. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
13. Related physical samples submitted directly.
14. Indication of full or partial submittal.
15. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.
16. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
17. Other necessary identification.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 385
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3
18. Remarks.
19. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant info rmation, requests for dat a, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submi ttals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.
D. Submittals Utilizing Web-Bas ed Project Software: Prepare subm ittals as PDF files or other format indicated by Project management software.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by indivi dual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare subm ittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for eac h Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhol d action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal re view, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 working days for init ial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
5. Concurrent Consult ant Review: Where the Contract Docu ments indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architec t and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submi ttal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concur rent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 386
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4
6. Architect will advise Contractor when a s ubmittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same fo rm and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submi ttals to manufacturers, su bcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a si ngle submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to sh ow which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and deliv ery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other constructi on, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific informat ion, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of profe ssional engineer if specified.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 387
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5
2. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate Shop Drawing files into Building Information Model established for Project.
a. Prepare Shop Drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings. b. Refer to Section 01 3100 "Proje ct Management and Coordination" for requirements for coordination drawings.
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind , color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.
4. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare subm ittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal.
5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Wo rk, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.
6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manuf acturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteri stics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product pr oposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Sa mples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufacture d or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where asse mbly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 388
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6
D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier fo r each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed proj ects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.
F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and gr aphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicabl e codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
G. Certificates:
1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
Provide a notarized signature where indicated.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written st atements on manufacturer' s letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit writt en statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
4. Material Certificates: Submit written st atements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
5. Product Certificates: Submit written stat ements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written cert ification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Q ualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
H. Test and Research Reports:
1. Compatibility Test Re ports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports wr itten by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. Preconstruction Test Report s: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 389
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7
5. Product Test Reports: Subm it written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in t he Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufactur er and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence , from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that produc t complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
c. Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers' names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.
1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where profes sional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifica lly required of Contractor by t he Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perfo rm services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
C. BIM File Incorporation: Incorporate del egated-design drawing and data files into Building Information Model established for Project.
1. Prepare delegated-design drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings.
1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Document s. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's ap proval for each submittal with indication in web- based Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Architect will not review subm ittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 390
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8
1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate co rrections or revisions required, and return.
1. PDF Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action.
2. Submittals by Web-Based Project Managem ent Software: Architect will indicate, on Project management software website, the appropriate action.
B. Informational Submittals: Archit ect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Ar chitect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, w ill be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.
E. Architect will discard submittals rece ived from sources other than Contractor.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Docu ments may be returned by the Architect without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 391
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3300a-1
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET
SUBMITTAL NUMBER: ______________________ DATE TO CONSTRUCTOR:
D A T E T O A R C H I T E C T :
Section Title: _________________________ Description: _______________________________ Section No.: ___________ Page: ________________ Article/Paragraph: _______________ Detail No. ____________ Sheet No. ______________
Sub-contractor name: ___________________ Vendor Name: _____________________________ Address.: _____________________________ Address: ________________________________ _____________________________ ________________________________ Phone Number ________________________ Phone Number: ____________________________
Attachments:
Product Data Warranties Drawings MSDS Samples
Schedules Reports Calculatio ns Tests Sustainability Criteria Third Party Certifications
PRODUCT INFORMATION: Attach complete documentation
Product Description / Name:
Specified Manufacturer: Model Number:
Submitted Manufacturer: Model Number:
(company name & address)
Contact name: Phone Number:
Deviation from Contract Documents? ◻ NO Deviations ◻ YES (attach complete documentation)
LEED Data Sheet required? ◻ Not required ◻ YES (attach complete documentation)
LEED Data Sheet submitted? ◻ Not required ◻ YES (attach complete documentation)
Lead Time (in weeks) after Approval:
Date (yyyy-mm-dd) Items Required at Project Site:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 392
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3300a-2
Sub-contractor subcontractor coordination is required with work in these divisions ◻ 02 ◻ 03 ◻ 04 ◻ 05 ◻ 06 ◻ 07 ◻ 08 ◻ 09 ◻ 10 ◻ 11 ◻ 12 ◻ 13 ◻ 14 ◻ 21 ◻ 22 ◻ 23 ◻ 25 ◻ 26 ◻ 27 ◻ 28 ◻ 31 ◻ 32 ◻ 33 (Constructor mark all that apply)
Constructor Review Stamp: Constructor is responsible for providing submittals which are approvable.
As an authorized agent of the Constructor, I hereby certify that the attached submittal has been reviewed and as revisions marked, is in complete compliance with the Contract Documents.
Reviewer Signature _____________________ ___________________________________ Printed Name __________________________ Date: ____________________________________ Signed: ______________________________
Architect’s Review Stamp: Completed by Architect.
Architect’s Consultant Review Stamp
Reviewed for General Conformance with the design concept of the work. Corrections and comments made or not made on this submittal do not relieve the contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.
Refer to the Contract Documents for Contractor's Responsibilities. ◻ APPROVED
◻ APPROVED AS NOTED – PROCEED
◻ REVISE AND RESUBMIT
◻ NO ACTION TAKEN OR REQUIRED
◻ REJECTED – DO NOT USE
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Reviewer _____________________________ Date: ____________________________________
END OF FORM –
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 393
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1
SECTION 01 4000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contra ctor of respon sibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requi rements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specif y those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide qua lity-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authorit y, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or i ndividual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being fa miliar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Te sts and inspections that are perfor med on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referri ng to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
D. Mockups: Physical assemblies of portions of t he Work constructed to es tablish the standard by which the Work will be judged. Mockups are not Samples.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 394
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2
1. Mockups are used for one or more of the following:
a. Verify selections made under Sample submittals.
b. Demonstrate aesthetic effects.
c. Demonstrate the qualities of products and workmanship. d. Demonstrate successful installation of interfaces between components and systems.
e. Perform preconstruction testi ng to determine system performance.
2. Product Mockups: Mockups that may inclu de multiple products, materials, or systems specified in a single Section.
3. In-Place Mockups: Mockups constructed on-site in their actual final location as part of permanent construction.
E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accredita tion Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
G. Source Quality-Control Testi ng: Tests and inspections that ar e performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.
H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform sp ecific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
J. Quality-Control Services: Test s, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that act ual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect.
1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professi onal design services or certifications by a design professional are specifica lly required of Contractor by t he Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perfo rm services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
B. Delegated-Design Services Statement: S ubmit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each produ ct and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a desi gn professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and desi gn criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 395
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3
1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or re quirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that ar e different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quant ity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Mockup Shop Drawings:
1. Include plans, sections, elevations, and det ails, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.
2. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.
3. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For qua lity-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.
B. Qualification Data: For Cont ractor's quality-control personnel.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agenc ies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. In clude proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
3. Description of test and inspection.
4. Identification of applicable standards.
5. Identification of test and inspection methods.
6. Number of tests and inspections required.
7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of ea ch quality-control service.
E. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.
F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner' s record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, juri sdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, record s, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 396
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-c ontrol plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls , instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.
B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing qua lity-assurance and qualit y-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.
1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.
C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. I ndicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.
D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:
1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and in spections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections.
2. Owner-performed tests and inspections indi cated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by the Commissioning Authority.
E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of correct ive actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.
F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and subm it certified written repo rts specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditi ons at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 397
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5
13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representativ e's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Projec t site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products , and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Re ports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service repres entative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of fa ctory-authorized serv ice representative making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products , and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification require ments, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A prof essional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineeri ng services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
F. Specialists: Certain Specificat ion Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 398
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6
1. Requirements of authorities having juri sdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qua lifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in ma terial, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qua lifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
J. Preconstruction Testing: Wher e testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following Contractor's responsibilities, including the following:
1. Provide test specimens representativ e of proposed products and construction.
2. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
3. Provide sizes and configurations of test as semblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.
4. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.
5. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project.
6. Testing Agency Responsi bilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect and Commissioning Authority, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
K. Special Inspector: Special Inspectors shall meet the more stringent of the qualifications listed in this section and the requirements listed in the Statement of Special Inspections submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction on this site or otherwise required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
L. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:
1. Build mockups of size indicated.
2. Build mockups in location and of size indi cated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.
3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
4. Employ supervisory personnel who will ov ersee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.
5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.
7. Promptly correct unsatisfactory conditions not ed by Architect's preliminary review, to the satisfaction of the Architect, before completion of final mockup.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 399
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7
8. Approval of mockups by the Architect does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.
9. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.
10. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.
1.11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names , addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting constructi on that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.
B. Contractor Responsi bilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide qualit y-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform qua lity-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same enti ty engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.
4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor 's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
5. Testing and inspecting requested by Cont ractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies of each written repo rt directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardl ess of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Coopera te with Architect, Commissioning Authority and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicat e, of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or incr ease the Contract Docu ment requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 400
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8
E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled co mponents and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writ ing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."
F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Wher e indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallati on conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observatio n of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.
G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspec tions, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessar y to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of repres entative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for ma terial mixes that require control by testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of acti vities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a sche dule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Do cuments as a component of Contractor's quality- control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Update and submit with each Application for Payment.
1. Schedule Contents: Include tests, inspecti ons, and quality-control services, including Contractor- and Owner-retained services, commissioning activities, and other Project- required services paid for by other entities.
2. Distribution: Distribute sc hedule to Owner, Architect, Commissioning Authority, testing agencies, and each party involved in performan ce of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
J. Building Envelope: It is the in tent of the Construction Documents that the Project be constructed free of water infiltration, excessive air infiltration, excessive mois ture or relative humidity build- up in building materials, and that continuous ther mal barriers against excessive heat loss or gain are maintained. The proper use of specif ied materials is essential to ensure this performance. It is the responsib ility of the Cont ractor to review the Documents carefully and advise the Architect of any concerns or recomme ndations in regard to potential problem areas.
It is also the responsibility of the Contractor, during construction, to c oordinate the work to ensure that the integrity of the continuous waterproofing and thermal envelope be maintained.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 401
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9
1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:
1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains deta iled fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.
2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of eac h test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stati ng in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection resu lts were transmitted to Architect.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours.
1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existi ng substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are C ontractor's responsibility, rega rdless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 402
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 10
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 403
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1
SECTION 01 4200
REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expres sed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Docu ments. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinance s, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing cons truction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the ex tent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 404
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in e ffect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.
1. For standards referenced by applicable build ing codes, comply with dates of standards as listed in building codes.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its constructi on activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to per form a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations a nd acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recogni zed name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organiza tions of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations a nd acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they sha ll mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
Abbreviations and acronyms not included in this list shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professio nal Associations of the United States." The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. AABC - Associated Ai r Balance Council; www.aabc.com.
2. AAMA - American Architectural Manuf acturers Association; (See FGIA).
3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org.
4. AASHTO - American Association of St ate Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org.
5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org.
6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org.
7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.
8. ACI - American Concrete Institut e; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org.
9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.
10. AEIC - Association of Edison I lluminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.
11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.
12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.
13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.
14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org.
15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.
16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.
17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.
18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.
19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.plib.org.
20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org.
21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.
22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.
23. APA - APA - The Engin eered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.
24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.
25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.
26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrig eration Institute; (See AHRI).
27. ARI - American Refrigerat ion Institute; (See AHRI).
28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 405
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3
29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.
30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engi neers/Structural Engineer ing Institute; (See ASCE).
31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Re frigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org.
32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org.
33. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.
34. ASSP - American Society of Safety Professionals (The); www.assp.org.
35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.
36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.
37. AVIXA - Audiovisual and Integrated Exper ience Association; (Formerly: Infocomm International); www.avixa.org.
38. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.
39. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.
40. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork M anufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.
41. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.
42. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.
43. AWWA - American Wate r Works Association; www.awwa.org.
44. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com.
45. BIA - Brick Industr y Association (The); www.gobrick.com.
46. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.
47. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.
48. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.
49. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Forme rly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org.
50. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.
51. CE - Conformite Europeenne; www.ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking.
52. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.
53. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.
54. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.
55. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.
56. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.
57. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.
58. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.
59. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.
60. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.compositepanel.org.
61. CRI - Carpet and R ug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.
62. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.
63. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.
64. CSA - CSA Group; www.csa-group.org.
65. CSI - Cast Stone Institute; www.caststone.org.
66. CSI - Construction Specif ications Institute (The); www.csiresources.org.
67. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.
68. CTA - Consumer Technology Association; www.cta.tech.
69. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.coolingtechnology.org.
70. CWC - Composite W ood Council; (See CPA).
71. DASMA - Door and Access Syst ems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com.
72. DHA - Decorative Hardwoods Associat ion; (Formerly: Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association); www.decorativehardwoods.org.
73. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.
74. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 406
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4
75. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA).
76. ECIA - Electronic Compon ents Industry Association; www.ecianow.org.
77. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
78. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.
79. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.
80. EOS/ESD Association; (Elect rostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org.
81. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).
82. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com.
83. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.
84. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.
85. FGIA - Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance; https://fgiaonline.org.
86. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketba ll; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com.
87. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyba ll; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org.
88. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmapprovals.com.
89. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.
90. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Me tal Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com.
91. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.
92. FSC - Forest Stew ardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.
93. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.
94. GANA - Glass Association of North America; (See NGA).
95. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.
96. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.
97. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Applianc e Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI).
98. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).
99. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; (See DHA). 100. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 101. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 102. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 103. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 104. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 105. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Association; www.theicpa.com. 106. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 107. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 108. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 109. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (F ormerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org.
110. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering So ciety of North America; (See IES). 111. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 112. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manuf acturers Alliance; (See FGIA). 113. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.org. 114. II - Infocomm International; (See AVIXA).
115. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 116. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com.
117. ISA - International Society of Automation (T he); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
118. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 119. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org.
120. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 121. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 122. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int. 123. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 407
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5
124. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 125. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 126. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 127. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 128. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 129. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 130. MHI - Material Handling Industry; www.mhi.org.
131. MIA - Marble Institute of America; (See NSI).
132. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 133. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 134. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Societ y of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
135. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 136. NACE - NACE International; (National Asso ciation of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org.
137. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 138. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manuf acturers Association; www.naima.org. 139. NALP - National Associat ion of Landscape Professionals; www.landscapeprofessionals.org.
140. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 141. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 142. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 143. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 144. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 145. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 146. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 147. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 148. NETA - InterNational Elec trical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 149. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 150. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 151. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
152. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 153. NGA - National Glass Association (The); (F ormerly: Glass Association of North America); www.glass.org.
154. NHLA - National Hard wood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 155. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 156. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manuf acturers Association; (See NWFA). 157. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 158. NRCA - National Roofi ng Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 159. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 160. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
161. NSI - National Stone Institute; (For merly: Marble Institute of America); www.naturalstoneinstitute.org.
162. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 163. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 164. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 165. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 166. NWRA - National Waste & Recycling Association; www.wasterecycling.org 167. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 168. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 169. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org.
170. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 171. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 172. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 408
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6
173. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
174. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 175. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
176. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
177. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 178. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/ American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE).
179. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 180. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
181. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 182. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioni ng Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.
183. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 184. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 185. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 186. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
187. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 188. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 189. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 190. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
191. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 192. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 193. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 194. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 195. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 196. TIA - Telecommunications Industry A ssociation (The); (F ormerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.
197. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
198. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 199. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
200. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 201. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 202. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com.
203. UL LLC - UL LLC; www.ul.com.
204. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 205. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org.
206. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 207. USITT - United States Instit ute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 208. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org. 209. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 210. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 211. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 212. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
213. WSRCA - Western States Roof ing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 214. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acro nyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they sha ll mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. DIN - Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V.; www.din.de.
2. IAPMO - International Association of Plum bing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org.
3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 409
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7
4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Serv ice, LLC; www.icc-es.org.
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbrevia tions and acronyms are us ed in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up-to-date as of t he date of the Contract Documents.
1. COE - Army Corps of E ngineers; www.usace.army.mil.
2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.
3. DOC - Department of Commerce; Nation al Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov.
4. DOD - Department of Defens e; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.
5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.
6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.
7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.
8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov.
9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.
10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.
11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laborat ory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; http://eetd.lbl.gov.
12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.
13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.
14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; www.trb.org.
15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agri culture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.
16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.
17. USDJ - Department of Justic e; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.
18. USP - U.S. Pharma copeia; www.usp.org.
19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.
E. Standards and Regulations: Wher e abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
2. DOD - Department of Def ense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.
3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).
4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).
5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.
a. Available from Defense Standard ization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.
6. MILSPEC - Military Specific ation and Standards; (See DOD).
7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.
8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Trans portation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).
F. State Government Agencies: W here abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 410
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8
list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic Appliance and Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.
2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.
3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).
4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal- iaq.org.
5. CPUC; California Public Utilitie s Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.
6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov.
7. TFS; Texas Forest Service; Forest Reso urce Development and Sustainable Forestry; http://txforestservice.tamu.edu.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 411
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1
SECTION 01 6000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for Contractor requirements related to Owner-furnished products.
2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for pr oducts selected under an alternate.
3. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.
4. Section 01 4200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.
5. Section 01 770 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by m anufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previous ly been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projec ts are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demon strated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualitie s related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties , appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A spec ification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. Published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design product establish salient characteristics of products.
1. Evaluation of Comparable Products: In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and charac teristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, func tion, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluat ing comparable products of additional
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 412
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2
manufacturers named in the specification. Manufacturer's published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design product also establish salient characteristics of products for purposes of evaluating comparable products.
C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection proc edure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified pr oduct procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer do es not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specificat ions. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.
D. Comparable Product Request Submittal: An action submittal requesting consideration of a comparable product, including the following information:
1. Identification of basis-of- design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced, including Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
2. Data indicating compliance with the requirements specified in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article.
E. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Subm ittal: An action submittal complying with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Substitution: Refer to Section 01 2500 "Substitu tion Procedures" for definition and limitations on substitutions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of select ing between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Resolution of Compatibility Disput es between Multiple Contractors:
a. Contractors are responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. b. If a dispute arises between the multiple contractors over conc urrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
B. Identification of Produ cts: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a perma nent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include informati on essential for operation, including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.
3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 413
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of approved comparable products and approved substitutions.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, ST ORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalis m. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easil y damaged, or sensitive to de terioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other pac kaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection an d measurement of quantity or counting of units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sun light, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's writt en instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty requir ed by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written doc ument that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 414
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4
3. See other Sections for specific conten t requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions, provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work:
1. No available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents.
2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents.
B. Where possible utilize materials harvested and manufactured regi onally, within a 500-mile radius of the project site.
2.2 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide produc ts that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessor ies, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accomp anied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.
5. Descriptive, performance, and reference st andard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.
6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of "or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …"
2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specific ations name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.
Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 415
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5
a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indica ted by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …"
3. Limited List of Products: Where Specif ications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicat ed by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"
4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Spec ifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicat ed by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"
5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where S pecifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …"
6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Wher e Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of t he manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indi cated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"
7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specificat ions name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provi de the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the prod uct named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consider ation of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specif ications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where S pecifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or sim ilar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
E. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for complete installation for intended use and effect.
F. Products, which, by nature of their applic ation, are likely to be needed at a later date for maintenance and repair or replacement work, shall be current models for which replacement parts are available.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 416
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6
G. Product selection shall be done in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Standards, Codes and Regulations: Select fr om among products that are in compliance with the project requirements, as well as with construction standards, all applicable codes and regulations and sustainable design requirements.
2. Performance Requirements: Provide produc ts that comply with specific performances indicated and are recommended by the manufac turer (in published product literature or by individual certification) for the application indicated.
3. Prescriptive Requirements: Provide pr oducts that have been produced in accordance with prescriptive requirements, usin g specified ingredients and components and complying with specified requirements for mixi ng, fabricating, curing, finishing, testing and other operations in the manufacturing process.
2.3 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS
A. Product selection shall be done in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Comply with Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions.”
2. Avoidance of toxic materials: The Contract or will commit to not us ing the following toxic and hazardous materials:
a. Hazardous materials: Defined as pestici des, biocides, and carcinogens as listed by recognized authorities, such as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) or regulated under OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200.
b. Harmful materials: Defined as material s which contain the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural, or historical purposes. c. Asbestos: No products containing asbestos.
d. Lead:
1) Products containing lead content, including older or flux containing not more than 0.25 percent lead in wetted surfaces of pipes, pipe fittings, plumbing fittings, and fixtures, and 0.20% for solder or flux used in plumbing for water intended for human consumption.
2) Not more than 100 ppm (by weight) added lead in all other building materials.
e. Mercury:
1) No new mercury containing thermometers, switches and electrical relays. 2) ll lamps compliant with the low-mercury limits
3) Illuminated exit signs only use Light-E mitting Diode (LED) or Light-Emitting Capacitor (LEC) lamps.
4) No mercury vapor or probe-start metal halide high intensity discharge lamps.
f. Toxicity of prefabricat ed wood products (composite wood and agrifiber products):
Products shall contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. 1) Laminating adhesives used to fabr icate on-site and shop-applied composite wood and agrifiber assemblies shall contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins.
g. Sealants: Provide products that comply with specified VOC limits. Refer to Section 07 9200 – JOINT SEALANTS for additional requirements.
1) Sealants containing aromatic solv ents, fibrous talc, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, cadmium, chromium and their compounds, are not permitted.
2) Avoid the use of the following pr oducts: Butyl Rubber; Solvent Acrylic; Neoprene; Styrene Butadiene Rubber; Nitril.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 417
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 7
3. Toxic Material Reduction: The Contractor will commit to avoiding the use of following toxic materials:
a. Halogenated flame retardants: Limit to 100ppm in the following categories to the extent allowable by local code:
1) Window and waterproofing membranes, door and window frames and siding.
2) Flooring, ceiling tiles and wall coverings.
3) Piping and electrical cables, conduits and junction boxes. b. Phthalate (Plasticizers) Limitation: DEHP, DBP, BBP, DINP, DIDP or DNOP (often found in polyvinyl chloride PVC) are limited in the following components to 0.01% (100 ppm):
1) Flooring, including resilient and hard surface flooring and carpet. 2) Wall coverings, window blinds and sh ades, shower curtains, furniture and upholstery.
3) Plumbing pipes and moisture barriers.
c. Isocyanate-Based Polyurethane Limitati on: Isocyanate-based polyurethane products are not used in:
1) Interior finishes.
d. Urea-Formaldehyde Restriction: Urea -formaldehyde presence is limited in the following components to 100 ppm:
1) Furniture or any composite wood products.
2) Laminating adhesives and resins.
3) Thermal insulation.
2.4 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contra ctor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attr ibutes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for complete d projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
B. Architect's Action on Compar able Products Submittal: If nec essary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for ev aluation, as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."
1. Form of Approval of Submittal: As spec ified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."
2. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.
C. Submittal Requirements, Single-Step Proces s: When acceptable to Architect, incorporate specified submittal requirements of individual S pecification Section in combined submittal for comparable products. Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product and of individual submittal requirements will also satisfy other submittal requirements.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 418
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 419
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1
SECTION 01 7300
EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
6. Progress cleaning.
7. Starting and adjusting.
8. Protection of installed construction.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for coordination of Owner-furnished products, and limits on use of Project site.
2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for s ubmitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-ac cepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building.
5. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction neces sary to permit installation or performance of other work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to re store construction to original conditions after installation of other work.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: C onduct conference at Project site.
1. Prior to commencing work requiring cutti ng and patching, review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 420
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2
and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcont ractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.
2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor.
B. Certified Surveys: Submit tw o copies signed by land surveyor.
C. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certif ying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
D. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.
2. Changes to In-Place Construction: De scribe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating compone nts as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patchi ng and firms or entities that will perform patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities and Mechanica l and Electrical Systems: List services and syst ems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions fo r temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.
E. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.
B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirem ents for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patch ing structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding.
Shore, brace, and support structural element s during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner t hat could change their l oad-carrying capacity or increase deflection
2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and pa tch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 421
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3
increased maintenance or decr eased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire separation assemblies.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Fire-suppression systems.
e. Plumbing piping systems.
f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
g. Control systems.
h. Communication systems.
i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
j. Conveying systems.
k. Electrical wiring systems.
l. Operating systems of special construction.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change thei r load-carrying capacity , that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire-resistive material.
e. Equipment supports.
f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch constr uction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities.
Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obta in and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-p lace adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 422
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guarant eed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of unde rground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-se rvice piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Proj ect that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions , with Installer or A pplicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements fo r installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electr ical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suit able conditions where products and systems are to be installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of s ubstrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing c onditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work.
2. List of detrimental condi tions, including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommended corrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfac tory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish informati on to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility stru ctures, utility poles, lines, servic es, or other ut ility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule wi th construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 423
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5
C. Space Requirements: Verify space r equirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Condi tions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey a nd existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.
B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances i ndicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.
4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
7. Close site surveys with an error of clos ure equal to or less t han the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.
Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent be nchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or de stroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent ben chmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 424
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a mini mum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey contro l points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundati on walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adj oining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in fi nished areas unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 in ches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check S hop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 425
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachm ent plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size an d type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting hei ghts are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, includi ng thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.
1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.
K. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skille d workers to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for in stallation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch , and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide tempor ary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in-place constructi on during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather condit ions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Existing Utility Services and Me chanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review propos ed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the ex posed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 426
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 8
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal rema ining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairi ng, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partiti ons that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall su rfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted su rface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceili ngs as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch compone nts in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.
H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Projec t site for Owner's construction personnel.
1. Provide temporary facilities required for Ow ner-furnished, Contractor-installed products.
2. Refer to Section 01 1000 "Summary" fo r other requirements for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and ope rations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.
1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owne r's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owne r's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 427
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 9
3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seve n days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary wast e materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper executi on of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clea n exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
H. During handling and installation, clean and prot ect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Ad just and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise constructi on operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements."
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 428
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 10
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Ad just operating components for proper operation without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements."
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period.
Repair to like-new condition.
C. Protection of Existing Items : Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in co ndition that existed at commencement of the Work.
D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 429
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
2. Recycling nonhazardous demo lition and construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.
2. Section 04 2000 "Unit Masonry" for di sposal requirements for masonry waste.
3. Section 04 4313 "Anchored Stone Masonry Venee r" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste.
4. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for dispositi on of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site impr ovement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improv ement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolit ion and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Recycle: Recovery of dem olition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or cons truction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demo lition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 430
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and cons truction waste becomes property of Contractor.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Re ports: Concurrent with each A pplication for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information:
1. Material category.
2. Generation point of waste.
3. Total quantity of waste by weight or volume.
4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both esti mated and actual by weight or volume.
5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual by weight or volume.
6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) by weight or volume.
7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvag ed plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste.
B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, an d disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.
C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and accept ance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: I ndicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to ac cept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indica te receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
G. Qualification Data: For waste management co ordinator and refrigerant recovery technician.
H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refriger ant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 431
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Q ualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements.
1. Firm employs a LEED-Accr edited Professional, certifi ed by the USGBC, as waste management coordinator.
2. Waste management coordinator may also serve as LEED coordinator.
B. Refrigerant Recovery Techni cian Qualifications: Certifi ed by EPA-approved certification program.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauli ng and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conf erence at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review and discuss wa ste management plan including responsibilities of waste management coordinator.
2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.
3. Review and finalize procedures for mate rials separation and ve rify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.
4. Review procedures for pe riodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities.
5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste id entification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between dem olition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated ty pes and quantities of demolition site-clearing and construction waste generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste and Form CWM-2 for demolition waste. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste and Form CWM-4 for demolition waste or other approv ed form. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity fo r each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materi als that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work.
2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For mate rials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
4. Recycled Materials: Include list of loca l receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 432
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4
5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and wh ere materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.
6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of cont ainers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for sa lvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following:
1. Demolition Waste:
a. Asphalt paving.
b. Concrete.
c. Concrete reinforcing steel.
d. Brick.
e. Concrete masonry units.
f. Wood studs.
g. Wood joists.
h. Plywood and oriented strand board.
i. Wood paneling.
j. Wood trim.
k. Structural and miscellaneous steel.
l. Rough hardware.
m. Roofing.
n. Insulation.
o. Doors and frames.
p. Door hardware.
q. Windows.
r. Glazing.
s. Metal studs.
t. Gypsum board.
u. Acoustical tile and panels.
v. Carpet.
w. Carpet pad.
x. Demountable partitions.
y. Equipment.
z. Cabinets.
aa. Plumbing fixtures.
bb. Piping.
cc. Supports and hangers.
dd. Valves.
ee. Sprinklers.
ff. Mechanical equipment.
gg. Refrigerants.
hh. Electrical conduit.
ii. Copper wiring.
jj. Lighting fixtures.
kk. Lamps.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 433
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 5
ll. Ballasts.
mm. Electrical devices.
nn. Switchgear and panelboards.
oo. Transformers.
2. Construction Waste:
a. Masonry and CMU.
b. Lumber.
c. Wood sheet materials.
d. Wood trim.
e. Metals.
f. Roofing.
g. Insulation.
h. Carpet and pad.
i. Gypsum board.
j. Piping.
k. Electrical conduit.
l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycl e goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials:
1) Paper.
2) Cardboard.
3) Boxes.
4) Plastic sheet and film.
5) Polystyrene packaging.
6) Wood crates.
7) Wood pallets.
8) Plastic pails.
m. Construction Office Waste: Regardle ss of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following construction office waste materials:
1) Paper.
2) Aluminum cans.
3) Glass containers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as re quired to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a wast e management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management pl an to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 434
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 6
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Condu ct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, wa lks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Comply with requirements in Section 024119 "S elective Demolition" for salvaging demolition waste.
B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identif y contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with in stallation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated.
C. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.
D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identif y contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door fram es. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors.
F. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures . Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather.
G. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.
H. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.
I. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and bever age containers used by on-site workers.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 435
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 7
C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain re cyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.
D. Procedures: Separate recycl able waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.
Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contam ination and remove contaminated materials if found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from constructi on area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transpor t paving to asphalt-recycling facility.
B. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other meta ls from concrete and sort with other metals.
1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 4-inch size.
C. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchor s, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals.
1. Pulverize masonry to maximum 4-inch size.
2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.
D. Wood Materials: Sort an d stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.
E. Metals: Separate metals by type.
1. Structural Steel: Stack members acco rding to size, type of member, and length.
2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nut s, washers, and other rough hardware.
F. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separ ate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories.
G. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on w ood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners.
H. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.
I. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.
J. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly afte r removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips.
1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 436
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 8
K. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive.
1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.
L. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.
M. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.
N. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273.
3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as poss ible, require deliveries using pa llets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
B. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that doe s not contain painted or treated wood.
C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on w ood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.
D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specif ied, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and trans port debris in a manner that will prevent spill age on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.7 ATTACHMENTS
A. Form CWM-1 for construc tion waste identification.
B. Form CWM-2 for demolition waste identification.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 437
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 9
C. Form CWM-3 for construction waste reduction work plan.
D. Form CWM-4 for demolition waste reduction work plan.
E. Form CWM-7 for construction waste
F. Form CWM-8 for demolition waste.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 438
FORM CWM-1: CONSTRUCTION WASTE IDENTIFICATION
MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION
POINT
EST. QUANTITY
OF MATERIALS
RECEIVED* (A)
EST. WASTE - %
(B)
TOTAL EST.
QUANTITY OF
WASTE* (C = A x B)
EST. VOLUME
CY (CM)
EST. WEIGHT
TONS (TONNES)
REMARKS AND
ASSUMPTIONS
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site-Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut-Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut-offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:
* Insert units of measure.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 439
FORM CWM-2: DEMOLITION WASTE IDENTIFICATION
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION EST. QUANTITY EST. VOLUME
CY (CM)
EST. WEIGHT
TONS (TONNES) REMARKS AND ASSUMPTIONS
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Concrete
Brick
CMU
Lumber
Plywood and OSB
Wood Paneling
Wood Trim
Miscellaneous Metals
Structural Steel
Rough Hardware
Insulation
Roofing
Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Windows
Glazing
Acoustical Tile
Carpet
Carpet Pad
Demountable Partitions
Equipment
Cabinets
Plumbing Fixtures
Piping
Piping Supports and Hangers
Valves
Sprinklers
Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Conduit
Copper Wiring
Light Fixtures
Lamps
Lighting Ballasts
Electrical Devices
Switchgear and Panelboards
Transformers
Other:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 440
FORM CWM-3: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN
MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION
POINT
TOTAL EST.
QUANTITY
OF WASTE
TONS (TONNES)
DISPOSAL METHOD AND QUANTITY
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTION
PROCEDURES
EST. AMOUNT
SALVAGED
TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT
RECYCLED
TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT
DISPOSED TO LANDFILL
TONS (TONNES)
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site-Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut-Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut-offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 441
FORM CWM-4: DEMOLITION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN
MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION
POINT
TOTAL EST.
QUANTITY
OF WASTE
TONS (TONNES)
DISPOSAL METHOD AND QUANTITY
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTION
PROCEDURES
EST. AMOUNT
SALVAGED
TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT
RECYCLED
TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT
DISPOSED TO
LANDFILL
TONS (TONNES)
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Concrete
Brick
CMU
Lumber
Plywood and OSB
Wood Paneling
Wood Trim
Miscellaneous Metals
Structural Steel
Rough Hardware
Insulation
Roofing
Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Windows
Glazing
Acoustical Tile
Carpet
Carpet Pad
Demountable Partitions
Equipment
Cabinets
Plumbing Fixtures
Piping
Supports and Hangers
Valves
Sprinklers
Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Conduit
Copper Wiring
Light Fixtures
Lamps
Lighting Ballasts
Electrical Devices
Switchgear and Panelboards
Transformers
Other:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 442
FORM CWM-7: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION PROGRESS REPORT
MATERIAL CATEGORY
GENERATIO
N
POINT
TOTAL
QUANTITY
OF WASTE
TONS (TONNES)
(A)
QUANTITY OF WASTE SALVAGED QUANTITY OF WASTE RECYCLED TOTAL
QUANTITY OF
WASTE
RECOVERED
TONS (TONNES)
(D = B + C)
TOTAL
QUANTITY
OF WASTE
RECOVERED
%
(D / A x 100)
ESTIMATED
TONS (TONNES)
ACTUAL
TONS (TONNES)
(B)
ESTIMATED
TONS (TONNES)
ACTUAL
TONS (TONNES)
(C)
Packaging: Cardboard
Packaging: Boxes
Packaging: Plastic Sheet or
Film
Packaging: Polystyrene
Packaging: Pallets or Skids
Packaging: Crates
Packaging: Paint Cans
Packaging: Plastic Pails
Site-Clearing Waste
Masonry or CMU
Lumber: Cut-Offs
Lumber: Warped Pieces
Plywood or OSB (scraps)
Wood Forms
Wood Waste Chutes
Wood Trim (cut-offs)
Metals
Insulation
Roofing
Joint Sealant Tubes
Gypsum Board (scraps)
Carpet and Pad (scraps)
Piping
Electrical Conduit
Other:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 443
FORM CWM-8: DEMOLITION WASTE REDUCTION PROGRESS REPORT
MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION
POINT
TOTAL QUANTITY
OF WASTE
TONS (TONNES)
(A)
QUANTITY OF WASTE
SALVAGED
QUANTITY OF WASTE
RECYCLED
TOTAL
QUANTITY OF
WASTE
RECOVERED
TONS (TONNES)
(D = B + C)
TOTAL
QUANTITY
OF WASTE
RECOVERED
%
(D / A x 100)
ESTIMATED
TONS
(TONNES)
ACTUAL
TONS
(TONNES)
(B)
ESTIMATED
TONS
(TONNES)
ACTUAL
TONS (TONNES)
(C)
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Concrete
Brick
CMU
Lumber
Plywood and OSB
Wood Paneling
Wood Trim
Miscellaneous Metals
Structural Steel
Rough Hardware
Insulation
Roofing
Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Windows
Glazing
Acoustical Tile
Carpet
Carpet Pad
Demountable Partitions
Equipment
Cabinets
Plumbing Fixtures
Piping
Supports and Hangers
Valves
Sprinklers
Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Conduit
Copper Wiring
Light Fixtures
Lamps
Lighting Ballasts
Electrical Devices
Switchgear and Panelboards
Transformers
Other:
* * * * *
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 444
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1
SECTION 01 7700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3233 "Photographi c Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation.
2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.
3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Document s" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.
4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. List of Incomplete Items: C ontractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Architect's use prior to Architec t's inspection, to determine if the Work is substantially complete.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.
B. Contractor's List of Inco mplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: Fr om authorities having jurisdiction.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 445
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For ma intenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.
1.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMP LETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepa re and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of S ubstantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to servic es and utilities.
Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in i ndividual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agre ements, final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals spec ified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar item s, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
6. Submit sustainable design submi ttals not previously submitted.
7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of S ubstantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks a nd deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipm ent used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operati on, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training."
6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 446
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3
7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders.
8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repai r and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for in spection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready fo r final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Arch itect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Subs tantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contract or of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1.8 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures."
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Subm it certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will ei ther proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.9 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and i dentification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete item s and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential or der, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 447
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. Web-based project software upload. Ut ilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list).
1.10 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warrantie s on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties ot her than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderl y sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.
C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning material s and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or profe ssional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 448
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar forei gn substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restor e reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations.
i. Vacuum and mop concrete.
j. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other notic eable, vision-obscuring materials.
Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. l. Remove labels that are not permanent.
m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and el ectrical equipment and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clea n permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if uni ts were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. q. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. r. Clean strainers.
s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control r equirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.
D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by Section 01 7300 "Execution" before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 449
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1
SECTION 01 7823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including G eneral and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and proce dural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
5. Product maintenance manuals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts , equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indica ted. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections , and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.
1. Architect and Commissioning Authority w ill comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.
2. Where applicable, clarify and update re viewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.
B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Ar chitect. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.
C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft c opy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Arch itect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 450
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2
D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training.
Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments.
1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.
E. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in th e form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.
1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files pre pared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.
2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names.
Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.
1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, O PERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise i ndicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name and contact information for Contractor.
6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.
7. Name and contact information for Architect.
8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority.
9. Names and contact information for major co nsultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals.
10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List eac h product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-refe renced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive t able of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 451
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of m anageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
E. Identification: In the doc umentation directory and in eac h operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and pi ece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designat ion exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Oper ating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergenc y, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following:
1. List of Systems and Subsyst ems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
2. List of Equipment: List equipment fo r each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.
1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.
B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency.
2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.
C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:
1. Fire.
2. Flood.
3. Gas leak.
4. Water leak.
5. Power failure.
6. Water outage.
7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
8. Chemical release or spill.
D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsi bilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping.
2. Shutdown instructions fo r each type of emergency.
3. Operating instructions for conditi ons outside normal operating limits.
4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 452
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4
5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: As semble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descri ptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Performance and design criteria if Cont ractor has delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
C. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
D. Operating Procedures: Incl ude the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe t he sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.
F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 453
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5
1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMEN T MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maint enance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
Include manufacturers' maintenance document ation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and syst ems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and pi ece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maint enance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare part s list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below.
C. Source Information: Li st each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentati on: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard maintenance instructions and bu lletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
Identify data applicable to t he Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manuf acturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclat ure of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the followi ng information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.
F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include se rvice and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separ ate schedules for pr eventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabul ate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 454
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Inclu de manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.
G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Incl ude lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copi es of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.
I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manu facturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.
1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
C. Source Information: List each product in cluded in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of conten ts. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross- reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufac turer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 455
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 456
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1
SECTION 01 7839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for project record documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Co mply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit copi es of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit record digital data files and one set of plots. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit Record Digital Data Files and th ree set(s) of Record Digital Data File plots.
2) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Pr oject's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electr onic files and directories of each submittal.
1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 457
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show t he actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require indi vidual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or simila r entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to inform ation on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic in formation in production of marked-up record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colo red pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive num bers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately bef ore inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same digital data software progra m, version, and operating system as for the original Contract Drawings.
2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.
Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of di gital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Manage ment and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.
b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 458
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3
C. Format: Identify and date each record Draw ing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digi tal data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Na me each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to informatio n on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submitta l during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to informatio n on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the pro duct delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file.
1. Include record Product Data directory or ganized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 459
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.
1. Include miscellaneous record submittals di rectory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store reco rd documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 460
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1
SECTION 01 7900
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedur al requirements for inst ructing Owner's personnel, including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2. Training in operation and maintenanc e of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of inst ructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
B. Qualification Data: Fo r facilitator and instructor.
C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.
D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or educ ation with a record of successful learning performance.
B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Re quirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.
C. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 461
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2
2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and ve rify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.
3. Review required cont ent of instruction.
4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.
B. Coordinate instructors, includi ng providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved em ergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
1.6 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as requir ed by individual Specification Sections.
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge th at participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Require ments, and Criteria: Include the following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Cont ractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Emergency manuals.
b. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
d. Product maintenance manuals.
e. Project Record Documents.
f. Identification systems.
g. Warranties and bonds.
h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments
3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions fo r each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditi ons outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 462
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3
4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for prev entive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.
8. Repairs: Include the following:
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
1.7 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary fo r instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a tr aining manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
1.8 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 463
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Ow ner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.
D. Training Location and Reference Material: C onduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in -place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.
E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each traini ng module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from Project site.
Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 464
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 1
SECTION 01 8113
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS
A. Work of this Section shall conform to the re quirements of the Contract Documents. Provide materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install all work of this Section as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and/or as required by the job conditions.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general requirements and pr ocedures for compliance with certain CALGreen, 2022 California Green Building Standards Code.
1. Specific sustainable requir ements are included in greater detail in other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 7419 “Construction Waste Management and Disposal”.
2. Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
3. Section 01 8119 “Construction Indoor Air Quality Management”.
4. Divisions 01 through 33: Sustainable requirement s specific to the work of each of these Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Bio-based Materials: A product of plant or animal origin, not including products made by killing the animal. Bio-based raw materials shall be tested using ASTM Test Method D6866 and be legally harvested, as defined by the exporting and receiving country.
B. Biopreferred Products: Commercial or industrial products (other than food or feed) that are composed in whole, or in significant part, of biological products, renewable agricultural materials (including plant, animal, and marine materials), or forestry materials and includes biobased intermediate ingredients or feedstocks.
C. CDPH Standard Method: California Department of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, for the emissions testing and requirements of products and materials.
D. Chain of Custody (COC): A procedure that tracks a product form the point of harvest or extraction to its end use, including all succ essive stage of processing, transformation, manufacturing, a distribution.
E. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufactu rers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certif ied by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 465
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 2
Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC- accredited certification body.
F. Chemicals of Concern: Chemic als that are of special concern due to their potential effects on human health and the environment:
1. persistent bio-accumulative toxic (PBT) chemicals;
2. known or suspected human carcinogens.
G. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Products su ch as particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, strawboard, pan el substrates, and door cores that are a composite of wood and/or plant material pressed and adhered together.
H. Construction Waste: EPA defines construction and demolition materials as “debris generated during the construction, renovation and demolition of buildings, roads, and bridges”.
I. Cradle to Cradle (C2C) Produ ct Certification: Standard which assesses and certifies products in five categories, Material Health, Material Reutilization, Renewable Energy and Carbon Management, Water Stewardship, and Social Fairness, as defined by the Cradle to Cradle Products Institute.
J. Cradle to Gate Assessment: Analysis of a prod uct’s partial life cycle, from resource extraction (cradle) to the factory gate (before it is transp orted for distributi0on and sale). It omits the use and the disposal phases of the product.
K. Cradle to Grave: Analysis of a product’s full lif e cycle, from resource extraction (cradle) to the disposal phase (grave).
L. Declare Product Label: All ingredients of 100 parts-per-million or greater disclosed and evaluated against the current version of the Li ving Building Challenge Red List, as defined by the International Living Future Institute.
M. Embodied carbon: The carbon footprint of a material. It considers how many greenhouse gases (GHGs) are released throughout the supply chain and is often measured from cradle to (factory) gate, or cradle to site (of use).
N. Energy Usage Intensity (EUI): is a relative measure of a building’s operational energy use per unit of floor area, which is commonly expressed as either kilo-BTU per square foot per year (kBtu/ft2) or kilowatt-hour per square meter per year (kWh/m2).
O. Environmental Product Declarat ion (EPD): An EPD is an independently verified report based on life-cycle assessment studies that have been condu cted according to a set of common rules for each product category and then peer-reviewed. EPD s can be either industry wide (Generic) or Product Specific:
1. Product-Specific Declaration: A product with a publicly available, critically reviewed life- cycle assessment conforming to ISO 14044 that has at least a cradle to gate scope.
2. An Industry-wide Environmental Product Decl aration (EPD) is a product with a third-party certification, including external verificati on, in which the manufacturer is explicated recognized by the program operator. The industry-wide Environmental Product Declaration shall conform to ISO 14025 and 14044, and EN 15804 or ISO 21930 and have at least a cradle to gate scope. Also referred to as a “generic” Environmental Product Declaration.
3. Product-specific Type III EPD -- Products with third-party certification (Type III), including external verification and external critical revi ew in which the manufacturer is explicitly recognized as the participant by the program op erator are valued as 1.5 products for the purposes of credit achievement calculation.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 466
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 3
P. Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR): Pr oducts whose manufacturer has established measures to reclaim its products at the end of their useful life and to recycle them into the same product.
1. Producers must recover and recycle the materials for use in new products of the same type.
2. EPR programs as also known as "closed-loop" or "product take-back".
Q. Global Warming Potential: Global warming pot ential is a measure of how much heat a greenhouse gas traps in the atmosphere up to a specific time horizon, relative to carbon dioxide.
R. Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol: establishes comprehensive global standardized frameworks to measure and manage greenhouse gas (GHG) em issions from private and public sector operations, value chains and mitigation actions.
S. GreenScreen® for Safer Chemicals: A method for comparative chemical hazard assessment and their potential effect on human health and the environment.
T. Green Stormwater Infrastructure : Infrastructure designed to filter and absorb stormwater where it falls.
U. Grey Water: Wastewater that has been used for washing, laundering, bathing, or showering.
V. Health Product Declaration: A standard format for reporti ng product content and associated health information for building products and materials.
W. Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan: Pl an developed by the contractor to provide a healthy and safe indoor environment for workers during construction as well as the building’s current and eventual occupants. The IAQ M anagement Plan shall meet or exceed the recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Co nditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2 nd edition, 2007 (ANSI/SMACNA 008-2008), Chapter 3.
X. Inherently nonemitting sources: Products that are inherently nonemitting sources of VOCs (stone, ceramic, powder-coated metals, plated or anodized metal, glass, concrete, clay brick, and unfinished or untreated solid wood) are considered fully compliant without any VOC emissions testing if they do not include integr al organic-based surface coatings, binders, or sealants.
Y. Inside the Building: Defined as inside the weatherproofing system.
Z. International Living Future Institute (ILFI): A non-profit group of leaders from every sector of the building industry working to promote buildings t hat are environmentally responsible, profitable and healthy places to live and work. The ILFI is administrator of the Living Building Challenge (LBC) Certification.
AA. International Well Building Institute (IWBI): A non- profit group of leaders from every sector of the building industry working to promote buildings t hat are environmentally responsible, profitable and healthy places to live and work. The IWBI is administrator of the WELL Building Certification.
BB. Leadership Extraction Practices: Products that meet at least one of the responsible extraction criteria, which include: extended producer responsibility; bio-based materials; FSC wood products; materials reuse; recycled content; and other USGBC approved programs.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 467
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 4
CC. Leadership in Energy & Environmental Desi gn (LEED): A green building rating system that provides independent third party verification of a project’s sustainability.
DD. LEED: USGBC's "LEED Version 4 for Building Design and Construction.”
1. Definitions that are a part of "LEED v4 for Building Design and Construction" (LEED v4 BD+C) apply to this Section.
EE. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA): An evaluation of the environmental effects of a product from cradle to grave, as defined by ISO 14040-2006 and ISO 14044-2006.
FF. Light Reflectance Value: a measure of visible and usable light that is reflected from a surface when illuminated by a light source.
GG. Low-Emitting Materials Requirements: As defined in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Requirements”
HH. Material Cost: The dollar value of materials being provided to the site, after any contractor markups, inclusive of all transportation and tax fees but excluding equipment and labor costs.
II. Material Transparency: refers to the practice by manufacturers of disclosing the environmental and health impacts of products.
JJ. Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV): Un it of measurement used to report a filter’s ability to capture larger particulates between 0.3 and 10 microns (μg).
KK. Multi-Attribute Standard. Sustainable Certific ation standard that shows impact reduction in several sustainability categories, often including environmental, health, and social. Multi- Attribute Optimization: Third party certified pr oducts that demonstrate impact reduction below industry average in at least th ree of the following six categories: global warming potential; stratospheric ozone depletion; acidification; eutrophication; tropospheric ozone creation; nonrenewable resource depletion.
LL. Multi-Attribute Optimization: Third party cert ified products that demon strate impact reduction below industry average in at least three of the following six categories: global warming potential; stratospheric ozone depletion; acidification; eutrophication; tropospheric ozone creation; nonrenewable resource depletion.
MM. Net Zero Carbon: refers to the balance between the amount of greenhouse gas produced and the amount removed from the atmosphere. We re ach net zero when the amount we add is no more than the amount taken away.
NN. Operational Carbon: as defined by Zero Ca rbon Standard 1.0, International Living Future Institute, is the Greenhouse Gas emissions as sociated with the operat ional energy use of a building. This includes all carbon from energy required to heat and power the building, including but not limited to, lighting, plug loads, heating, cooling, and cooking.
OO. Operational Waste: The wa ste generated during the operational phase of a building including paper, metal, plastics, confidential waste, and food.
PP. Parts per Billion (ppb) or Micrograms per Liter ( μg/L): Unit of measurement, in this case, utilized to measure pollutant.
QQ. Parts per Million (ppm) or Millig rams per Liter (mg/L): Unit of measurement, in this case, utilized to measure pollutant
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 468
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 5
RR. Passive (As Related to MEP): Not part of the ac tive portions of the Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing systems, for example piping, pipe insulation, ducts, duct insulation, conduit, plumbing fixtures, faucets, showerheads, and lamp housi ngs.Product Category Rules: A set of rules, requirements, and guidelines for developing Environmental Product Declarations.
SS. Product Category Rules: A set of rules, requirements, and guidelines for developing Environmental Product Declarations.
TT. Program Operator: An organization that ensures EPDs meet the product category rules (PCRs) for the associated product category. The prog ram operator doesn’t do the actual life-cycle assessments. UL Environment is the leading program operator in the United States.
UU. Rain Water: Precipitation on roof structures.
VV. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight. The recycled fraction of the assembly is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to determine the recycled content value.
1. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilitie s in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose.
2. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as materi al diverted from the waste stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilizati on of materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process an d capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it.
3. Spills and scraps from the original manufa cturing process that are combined with other constituents after a minimal amount of reproc essing for use in further production of the same product are not recycled materials.
4. Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as constituents in another manufacturing process are pre-consumer recycled materials.
5. Recycled content of materials shall be defined in accordance with the International Organization for Standardization document, ISO 14021-1999 – Environmental labels and declarations – self declared environmental claims (Type II environmental labeling). www.iso.org
WW. Regional Materials: Materials that have been ex tracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 100 miles of Project site. If only a fraction of a product or material is extracted/harvested/recovered and manufactured locally, then only that percentage (by weight) shall contribute to the regional value.
XX. Resource Positive: is defined as the practice of storing more carbon than the company emits, eliminating waste and providing cleaner freshwater than the company uses. Amazon buildings will be designed to be resilient to future climate impacts and be positive contributors to the local environment by including advanced water and wast e strategies, leverage green infrastructure for stormwater management, and design and operate exterior environments to enhance local ecosystems.
YY. Reused Materials: Reclaimed or salvaged equipment or materials previously used in this or other construction, which extends the lifetime of materials that would be otherwise be discarded.
ZZ. Source Location: Location of harvest, extrac tion, recovery, or manufacture; where information about source location is required to be submitted, give the postal address:
1. In every case, indicate the location of final assembly.
2. For harvested products, indicate location of harvest.
3. For extracted (i.e. mined) products, indicate location of extraction.
4. For recovered products, indicate location of recovery.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 469
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 6
5. For products involving multiple manufacturi ng steps, provide a description of the process at each step, with location.
6. Acceptable Evidence:
a. Manufacturer’s certification.
b. Life cycle analysis (LCA) performed by third-party.
AAA. Stormwater: Rainwater or me lted snow that runs off street s, lawns and other sites. When stormwater is absorbed into soil, it is filtered and ultimately replenishes aquifers or flows into streams and rivers.
BBB. Sustainably Harvested Wood: Solid wood, wood chips, and wood fiber certified and labeled by The Forest Stewardship Council as FSC 100%, FSC Mixed, or FSC Recycled.
1. FSC 100%: Label indicating that the wood within the product comes entirely from FSC- certified, well-managed forests.
2. FSC Recycled: Label indicating that t he wood or paper in the product comes from reclaimed or re-used material.
3. FSC Mix: Label indicating that the wood with in the product is from FSC-certified forests, recycled material, or controlled wood. While not FSC-certified, controlled wood cannot be illegally harvested, harvested in violation of traditional and civil rights, harvested in forests where high conservation values ar e threatened, harvested in forests being converted to plantations or non-forest use, or harvested in forests where genetically modified trees are planted.
CCC. United States Green Building Co uncil (USGBC): A non-profit group of leaders from every sector of the building industry working to promote bui ldings that are environmentally responsible, profitable and healthy places to live and work. T he USGBC is administrator of the LEED Green Building Rating Systems.
DDD. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC): Carbon compounds considered indoor air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and wellbeing of installers and occupants.
EEE. Wet Applied Products: Materi als and products in stalled in wet form that have South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) rules re lating to VOC associated with them. These include the following:
1. SCAQMD Rule 1113: Architectural Coatings
2. SCAQMD Rule 1168: Adhesive and Sealant Applications
1.4 PROJECT GOALS
A. The proposed project is designed to be sustainable, with the intent of incorporating the following qualities:
1. The project will minimize its effect on t he environment by sele cting environmentally friendly building materials and utilizing sustainable construction practices.
2. The project will provide a healthy and comf ortable space for its occupants by developing and following an Indoor Air Quality Management Plan during construction, by selecting only non-toxic and low-emitting materials, and by designing the building’s systems to provide tenants with exceptional indoor air quality.
3. The finished project will consume significantly less energy and water than a typical code- compliant building through the use of premium efficiency equipment and designing efficient building systems.
4. Detailed requirements for addressing specif ic chemicals of concern are included in Division 2-32 sections that follow. Beyond these material requirements, contractor is encouraged to avoid chemical flame retardants (unless required by code), antimicrobials, and per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances in other building materials.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 470
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 7
B. CalGreen requirements:
1. Comply with CALGreen mandatory measures, as well as indoor air quality flush out and testing.
1.5 MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Projec t site. Review sustainability requirements and action plans for complying with requirements.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit additional sustainable de sign submittals required by other Specification Sections.
B. Contractor is responsible for submitting and installing products in accordance with the Sustainable Material Performance requirements outlined as well as:
1. PRODUCT DATA REPORTING FORM Coversheet:
a. Cost of each material or product, excluding labor and equipment b. From manufacturer, for each product‘s env ironmental attributes. This includes a report describing raw materials suppliers , complete content inventory for the product, and/or environmental product declaration.
c. Highlight compliance with all requirements for low-emitting materials as noted in Part 2 (Products).
2. Providing and following a Construction Waste Management Plan and ongoing documentation of construction and demolition waste recycling / salvage rates for all categories of waste. See Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal.
3. During construction, meet or exceed all applicable recommended control measures of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Associ ation (SMACNA) IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2nd edition, 2007, ANSI/SMACNA 008–2008, Chapter
4. Contractor to maintain Materials Credit Tracking Sheet monitoring the project’s progress regarding Materials and Resources goals. Tracking Sheet to be presented at construction meetings and to provide update on the following:
a. Construction and Demolition Waste Management.
b. Recycled content.
c. Bio-based materials.
5. Contractor to maintain a Low Emitting Materials Tracking Sheet monitoring the project’s progress regarding Indoor Environmental Air Quality. Tracking Sheet to be presented at construction meetings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABLE MATERIALS
A. Sourcing of Raw Materials - Maximize the perm anently installed products which meet one of the disclosure criteria below:
1. Bio-based materials. Bio-based products shall meet the Sustainable Agriculture Network’s Sustainable Agricu lture Standard. Bio-based raw materials shall be tested using ASTM Test Method D6866 and be legally harvested, as defined by the exporting
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 471
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 8
and receiving country. Exclude hide products, such as leather and other animal skin material.
2. New wood products. Wood products shall be certified by the Forest Stewardship Council or USGBC-approved equivalent.
3. Materials reuse. Reuse includes salvaged, refurbished, or reused products.
4. Recycled content. Recycled content is the sum of postconsumer recycled content plus one-half the pre-consumer recycled content, based on cost.
5. Product data and certification letter from produ ct manufacturers, indicating participation in an extended producer responsibility program and statement of costs.
6. Documentation for regional materials, i ndicating location and distance from Project of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material and costs of regional materials.
2.2 LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS
A. Comply with Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions.”
2.3 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
A. Comply with Section 01 8119 “Const ruction Indoor Air Quality Management.” PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY POLLUTION PREVENTION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction 2nd edition, 2007, ANSI/SMACNA 008–2008, Chapter 3."
1. If Owner authorizes use of permanent heati ng, cooling, and ventilating systems during construction period as specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls," install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during construction.
2. Replace all air filters imme diately prior to occupancy.
3.2 NONSMOKING BUILDING
A. Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 20 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
A. Comply with Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
3.4 ATTACHMENTS
A. PRODUCT DATA REPORTING FORM follows this Section and is available in MS Excel format for Contractor’s use.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 472
PRODUCT DATA REPORTING FORM
THIS FORM IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED WITH Product Data Submittals You must include backup documentation such as SPECIFIC Product Data Sheets, Cut Sheets, Product S pecific Letter from M anufacturer, etc. DO NOT INCLUDE GENERIC MARKETING MATERIAL PROJECT NAME:
SUBCONTRACTOR:
Specification Section: Submittal Number:
MR EPD
Spec Section/
sProduct Manufacturer
Product Costs1
(only exclude
install labor)
($)
Product Specific (PS)
or Industry Wide (IW)
Env. Product
Declaration (EPD)2?
Extended
Producer
Responsibility6
Program Name?
Bio-Based
Materials
FSC Certified3
Wood
Products?
(%)
Material Reuse
Post-Consumer
Recycled
Content4
(%)
Pre-Consumer
Recycled
Content5
(%)
Extracted,
Manufactured,
& Purchased
within7 100
miles?
Manufacturer
Inventory8
Fully Declared
HPD to 1000
ppm
Declaration9
included?
C2C version
(2.1.1 or 3.0)
Level of
Certification 10
Delclare Label11
with ingredient
disclosure greater
than 1000 ppm?
ANSI/BIFMA e3
Furniture
Sustainability
Standard12
Cradle to Cradle
Material Health
Certificate13
Product
Lens14
Facts -
NSF/ANSI
336
CDPH
Emissions16
testing
compliant?
VOC
Content17
(g/L)
Wet-Applied
Products Volume
Used
(L)
Wood
Products
are ULEF
or
NAUF18?
Ex. ABC Product ABC. Inc. $ XX,XXX PS / IW Yes / No Yes / No % Yes/No % % Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Ye s / No Yes / No Yes / No ## ## Yes / No 1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 NOTES / DEFINITIONS:
1. Furnish Costs include all expenses to deliver the material to the project site, including taxes, transport, fabrication and profit. Do not include site labor or installation.
2. Environmental Product Declarations which conform to ISO 14025, 14040, 14044, and EN 15804 or ISO 21930 and have at least a cradle to gate scope. https://spot.ulprospector.com/en/na/BuiltEnvironment
3. Wood products must be certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) and must be provide proof of vendor FSC Chain-of-Custody with this Product Data Submittal. http://info.fsc.org/certificate.php
4. Post-Consumer Recycled Content: Sourced from recovered Consumer Waste and used as a raw material (e.g. plastic bottles, newspaper, etc).
5. Pre-Consumer Recycled Content: Recovered Industrial Materials diverted from municipal solid waste for use in a different mfg. process, prior to use by a consumer. Note: "home scrap" from the original mfg. process that are reused / reprocessed do not qualify.
6. Extended producer responsibility. Products purchased from a manufacturer (producer) that participates in an extended producer responsibility program or is directly responsible for extended producer responsibility. (e.g. Closed Loop or Take Back Program)
7. Within 100 miles distance is defined as travel by air to the project site, not travel distance by road.
8. The manufacturer has published complete content inventory for the product following LEED v4 Guidelines.
9. The end use product has a published, complete Health Product Declaration with full disclosure of known hazards in compliance with the Health Product Declaration open Standard. http://www.hpd‐collaborative.org/hpd‐public‐repository/
10. The end use product has a published Crade to Cradle product certification at the Bronze level or higher and at least 90% of materials are assessed by weight. http://www.c2ccertified.org/products/registry
11. The end us product has a Declare label indicating all ingredients have been disclosed and screened against the red list down to 1000 ppm. https://access.living-future.org/declare-products
12. The end us product has documentation from the assessor or scorecard from BIFMA that demonstrates the product earned at least 3 points under 7.5.1.3 Advanced Level in e3-2014 or 3 points under 7.4.1.3 Advanced Level in e3-2012. https://level.ecomedes.com/
13. The end use product has a published Crade to Cradle Material Health certification at the Bronze level or higher and at least 90% of materials are assessed by weight. http://www.c2ccertified.org/products/mhcregistry
14. the end use product has a published Product Lens certification. https://spot.ulprospector.com/en/na/BuiltEnvironment
15. The end us product has a Sustainability Assessment for Commercial Furnishings Fabric at any certification level https://spot.ulprospector.com/en/na/BuiltEnvironment
16. TVOC Emissions for Building products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California Department of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method v1.1–2010 http://www.usgbc.org/resources/low‐emitting‐materials‐third‐party‐certification‐table
17. All paints and coatings wet-applied on site must meet applicable VOC limits of the California Air Resources Board (CARB) 2007, Suggested Control Measure (SCM) for Architectural Coatings, or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, effective June 3, 2011. All adhesives and sealants wet-applied on site must meet the applicable chemical content requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168, July 1, 2005, A
18. Composite Wood Evaluation as defined by the California Air Resources Board (CARB), Airborne Toxic Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products Regulation, must be documented to have low formaldehyde emissions that meet the CARB ATCM for formaldehyde requirements for ultra-low-emitting formaldehyde (ULEF) resins or no added formaldehyde (NAUF) resins.
I, __________________________________________ a duly au thorized representative of_____________________________________________ hereby certify that the material information submitted here is an accurate representation of the material to be provided under our contract.
EMAIL CONTACT FOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: _____________________________________________ Direct Phone: ____________________ SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE: ___________________________________________________ DATE: ________________________ Low-Emitting Materials LEED CreditsProject Product Data Some Qualifying VOC Standards (More in Note 16):
CDPH Standard Method v1.1
FloorScore: Hard Surfaces & Adhesives
Green Label Plus: Carpet, Adhesive, Cushion
UL Greengaurd Gold: When Meeting CDPH Std. v1.1
Material Ingredient
http://www.distancefromto.net/
Leadership Extraction
Materials and Resources LEED Credits
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 473
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 1
SECTION 01 8116
LOW-EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Requirements for Indoor-E missions-Restricted products.
2. Requirements for VOC-Content-Restricted products.
3. Certification that non- compliant products are not installed on Project.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 8113: “Sustainable Design Requirements”
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Indoor-Emissions-Restricted Pr oducts: All products in the following product categories:
1. Interior paints and coatings applied on site.
2. Interior adhesives and sealants applied on site, including flooring adhesives.
3. Flooring.
4. Composite wood.
5. Products making up wall and ceiling assemblies.
6. Interior thermal and acoustical insulation.
7. Free-standing furniture.
8. Exterior applied products (for He althcare and Schools projects only).
9. Other products when specifical ly stated in the specifications.
B. VOC-Content-Restricted Produ cts: All products in the following product categories:
1. Interior paints and coatings applied on site.
2. Interior adhesives and sealants applied on site, including flooring adhesives.
3. Wet-applied roofing and waterproofing.
4. Other products when specifical ly stated in the specifications.
C. Interior of Building: Anywhere inside the exterior weather barrier.
D. Adhesives: All gunnable, trowelable, liquid-a pplied, and aerosol adhesives; including flooring adhesives, resilient base adhesives, and pipe jointing adhesives.
E. Sealants: All gunnable, trow elable, and liquid-applied joint sealants and sealant primers; including firestopping sealants and duct joint sealers.
F. Inherently nonemitting sources: Products that are inherently nonemitting sources of VOCs are considered fully compliant without any VOC emissions testing if they do not include integral organic-based surface coatings, binders, or sealants.
1. Stone.
2. Concrete.
3. Clay brick.
4. Metals that are plated, anodized, or powder-coated.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 474
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 2
5. Glass.
6. Ceramics.
7. Solid wood flooring that is unfinished and untreated.
G. Composite Wood: Products comp osed of wood or plant particles or fibers bonded by a synthetic resin or binder; including the following:
1. Particleboard.
2. Medium-density fiberboard (MDF).
3. Plywood.
4. Oriented-strand board (OSB).
5. Wheatboard.
6. Strawboard.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. General: Comply with the applicable provisions of the referenced standards except as modified by governing codes and the Contract Documents. Where a recommendation or suggestion occurs in the referenced standards, such recomm endation or suggestion shall be considered mandatory. In the event of conflict of referenced standards and this specification or within the standards themselves, the more stringent standard or requirement shall govern.
1. Rule 1168 - "Adhesive and Sealant Applic ations", South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), State of California http://www.aqmd.gov/docs/default-source/rule- book/reg-xi/rule-1168.pdf
2. Rule 1113 - "Architectural Coatings": South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), State of California http://www.aqmd.gov/docs/default-source/rule-book/reg- xi/r1113.pdf
3. Green Seal Paint Standard GS-11, Green Seal , Inc., Washington, DC. http://www.greenseal.org/Portals/0/Documents/Standards/GS-11/GS-11_Ed3- 2_Paints_Coatings_Stains_and_Sealers.pdf
4. Green Seal Commercial Adhesive Standard GS-36, Green Seal, Inc., Washington, DC http://www.greenseal.org/Portals/0/Documents/Standards/GS-36/GS-36Ed2- 1_Adhesives_for_Commercial_Use%202018.pdf
5. California Air Resour ces Board (CARB) 2007
https://www.arb.ca.gov/coatings/arch/Approved_2007_SCM.pdf
6. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volat ile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
7. ASTM D3960 - Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings.
8. BIFMA e3 - Furniture Sustainability Standar d; Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association.
9. BIFMA M7.1 - Standard Test Method for Determining VOC Emissions from Office Furniture Systems, Components, and Seating.
10. CAL (CDPH SM) - Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions From Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers.
11. CARB (ATCM) - Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products; California Air Resources Board.
12. CHPS (HPPD) - High Performance Products Database.
13. CRI (GLP) - Green Label Plus Te sting Program - Certified Products.
14. SCS (CPD) - SCS Certified Products.
15. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 475
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 3
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. If the criteria required for LEED suitable VOC c ontent is not met the Contractor shall calculate VOC's using the "VOC budget process" to demonstrate compliance.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each VOC-restricted product used in the project, submit evidence of compliance.
B. Sustainable Design Reporting: Submit evidence of compliance.
C. Installer Certifications Re garding Prohibited Content: Require each installer of any type of product (not just the products for which VOC restri ctions are specified) to certify that either (1) no adhesives, joint sealants, paints, coatings, or composite wood or agrifiber products have been used in the installation of installer's products, or 2) that such products used comply with these requirements.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. VOC Emissions Evaluation - Standard and Te st Method: CAL (CDPH SM), using Standard Private Office exposure scenario and the allow able concentrations specified in the method, and range of total VOC's after 14 days.
1. Wet-Applied Products: State amount applied in mass per surface area.
2. Paints and Coatings: Test tinted products, not just tinting bases.
3. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptabl e types of evidence are the following; a. Current UL (GGG) GREENGUARD Gold certification.
b. Current SCS (CPD) Floorscore certification.
c. Current SCS (CPD) Indoor Ad vantage Gold certification. d. Current listing in CHPS (H PPD) as a low-emitting product. e. Current CRI (GLP) certification.
f. Test report showing compliance and stating exposure scenario used.
4. Product data submittal showing VOC content is NOT acceptable evidence.
5. Manufacturer's certification without test report by independent agency is NOT acceptable evidence.
B. VOC Content Test Method: 40 CFR 59, Subpa rt D (EPA Method 24), or ASTM D3960, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Evidence of Compliance: A cceptable types of evidence are:
a. Report of laboratory testing perfo rmed in accordance with requirements. b. Published product data showing compliance with requirements. c. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.
C. Composite Wood Emissions St andard: CARB (ATCM) or EPA TSCA VI for ultra-low emitting formaldehyde (ULEF) resins.
1. Evidence of Compliance: A cceptable types of evidence are:
a. Current SCS "No Added Formaldehyde (NAF )" certification; www.scscertified.com. b. Report of laboratory testing perfo rmed in accordance with requirements. c. Published product data showing compliance with requirements. d. Wood structural panel manufactured according to PS 1-09 or PS 2-10 (or one of the standards considered by CARB to be equivalent to PS 1 or PS 2) and labeled bond classification Exposure 1 or Exterior
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 476
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 4
e. Structural wood product manufactured ac cording to ASTM D 5456 (for structural composite lumber), ANSI A190.1 (for glued laminated timber), ASTM D 5055 (for I- joists), ANSI PRG 320 (for cross-laminat ed timber), or PS 20-15 (for finger-jointed lumber).
D. Flooring: Flooring shall comply with the requi rements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." E. Ceilings, Walls, and Insulation: Ceilings, walls, and thermal insulation shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of P ublic Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."
F. Furnishings Emissions Standard and Test Method: BIFMA e3-2014e (updated version) or e3- 2019 (updated version) Sections 7.6.1 and 7.6.2, tested in accordance with ANSI/BIFMA M7.1- 2011 (R2016).
1. Evidence of Compliance:
a. Test report showing compliance and stating exposure scenario used.
2. Any furniture procured as part of this project must meet the Healthier Hospitals Initiative: Healthy Interiors (HHI-Healthy Interiors) standard for 100% of furniture, including being free of chemical flame retardants, unless required by code.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. All Products: Comply with the most stringent of federal, State, and local requirements, or these specifications.
B. VOC Emissions Evaluation - Product Requirements:
1. Paints and Coatings: CAL (CDPH SM).
2. Adhesives and Seal ants: CAL (CDPH SM).
3. Flooring: CAL (CDPH SM).
4. Insulation: CAL (CDPH SM).
5. Composite Wood, Wood Fiber, and Wood Chip Products: Comply with Composite Wood Emissions Standard or contain no added formaldehyde resins.
6. Furnishings: Comply with Furnis hings Emissions Standard and Test Method.
7. Exceptions: Inherently Non-Emitting Materi als are not required to have VOC emissions testing.
C. VOC-Content-Restricted Produ cts: VOC content not greater than required by the following:
1. Adhesives, Including Flooring Adhesives: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.
2. Aerosol Adhesives: GreenSeal GS-36.
3. Joint Sealants: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.
4. Paints and Coatings: Each color; most stringent of the following:
a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.
b. SCAQMD 1113 Rule.
c. CARB (SCM).
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 477
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 5
5. Wet-Applied Roofing and Waterproofing: Comply with requirements for paints and coatings.
D. Chemical Content: Products shall be free of halogenated and organophosphorous flame retardants, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (i.e. stain and water repellants), antimicrobials, and fly ash.
E. Building products shall be tested and determi ned compliant in accordance with California Department of Public Health (CDPH) St andard Method v1.2–2017, using the applicable exposure scenario. Organizations that certify manufacturers’ claims must be accredited under ISO Guide 65. Laboratories that conduct the test s specified in this credit must be accredited under ISO/IEC 17025 for the test methods they use. The manufacturer or third-party’s certification shall state the exposure scenario used to determine compliance and shall state the range of total VOCs after 14 days. Claims of compliance for wet-applied products shall state the amount applied in mass per surface area. St atements of product compliance must follow product declaration guidelines in CDPH St andard Method v1.2-2017, Section 8. Manufacturer statements must also include a summary report from the laboratory that is less than three years old.
F. If the applicable regulation requires subtra ction of exempt compounds, any content of intentionally added exempt compounds larger than 1% weight by mass (total exempt compounds) shall be disclosed.
G. Methylene chloride and perchloroethylene shall not be intentionally added in paints, coatings, adhesives, or sealants.
2.2 INTERIOR ADHESIVES
A. VOC Limits
1. The volatile organic compound (VOC) cont ent of all field-applied adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, and adhesive primers used on the interior of this Project shall not exceed the limits defined in Rule 1168 - "Adhesive and Sealant Applications" of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) , of the State of California, with a rule amendment date of October 6, 2017.
2. The VOC limits defined by SCAQMD are measur ed in grams per liter (g/L), less water and less exempt compounds.
3. General: For specified building construction related applications, the allowable VOC content is as follows:
a. Architectural Applications:
1) Building Envelope Membrane Adhesive 250
2) Carpet Pad Adhesive 50
3) Ceramic Tile Adhesive 65
4) Cove base adhesive 50
5) Drywall and panel adhesive 5 0
6) Multipurpose construction adhesive 70
7) Roofing
a) Single ply roof membrane adhesives 250
b) All other roof adhesives 250
8) Rubber Floor Adhesive 60
9) Structural glazing adhesive 100
10) Structural wood member adhesives 140
11) Subfloor adhesive 50
12) VCT and asphalt tile adhesive 50
13) Wood Flooring Adhesive 100
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 478
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 6
14) All other indoor floor covering adhesives 50
15) All other outdoor floor covering adhesives 50
b. Specialty Applications:
1) Contact Adhesive 80
2) Edge glue adhesive 250
3) All other plastic cement
a) ABS welding 325
b) ABS to PVC transition cement 510
c ) P V C w e l d i n g 5 1 0
d ) C P V C w e l d i n g 4 9 0
e) All other plastic welding cements 250
4) Adhesive primer for plastic 550
5) Special Purpose Contact Adhesive 250
6) Adhesive Primer for Traffic Marking Tape 150
7) Structural Wood Member Adhesive 140
8) Top and trim adhesive 250
c. Substrate Specific Applications:
1) Metal to metal 30
2) Plastic foams 50
3) Porous material (except wood) 50
4 ) W o o d 3 0
5) Fiberglass 80
6) Reinforced Plastic Composite 200
d. Other
1) Other adhesives 250
2) Adhesive bonding primers 250
3) Adhesive primers, or any other primers 250
e. Adhesive Primers:
1 ) P l a s t i c 5 5 0
2) Pressure sensitive 785
3) Traffic marking tape 150
4) All other adhesive primers 250
2.3 INTERIOR SEALANTS
A. VOC Limits
1. The volatile organic compound (VOC) cont ent of all field-applied adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, sealant primers and sealants us ed on the interior of this Project shall not exceed the limits defined in Rule 1168 - "Adhesive and Sealant Applications" of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (S CAQMD), of the State of California, with a rule amendment date of October 6, 2017.
2. The VOC limits defined by SCAQMD are as follows. All VOC limits are defined in grams per liter, less water and less exempt compounds.
3. General: For specified building construction related applications, the allowable VOC content is as follows:
a. Sealants:
1) Clear, Paintable, and Immediately
Water-Resistant Sealant 250
2) Foam insulation and sealant 250
3) Grout Sealant 65
4) Non-Staining Plumbing Putty 150
5) Potable Water Sealant 100
6) Single Ply Roof Membrane Sealants 450
7) Other Roof Sealants 300
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 479
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 7
8) All other Architectural Sealants 50
9) All other Sealants 420
b. Sealant Primer:
1) Architectural - Nonporous 250
2 ) A r c h i t e c t u r a l - P o r o u s 7 7 5 3) Modified Bituminous 500
4 ) O t h e r 7 5 0
2.4 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS
A. VOC Limits
1. VOC Content Requirements for Wet Appli ed Products: All paints and coatings wet- applied on site must meet the applicable VOC limits of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, e ffective February 5, 2016. Product specific requirements are as follows:
a. Paints
1 ) F l a t 5 0
2 ) N o n - F l a t 1 0 0
3) Non-Flat High Gloss Coatings 150
b. Coatings:
1) Aluminum roof coatings 100
2) Basement specialty coatings 400
3) Bituminous roof coatings 50
4) Bituminous roof primers 350
5) Bond breakers 350
6) Building envelope coatings 50
7) Concrete curing compounds 100
8) Concrete/Masonry Sealers 100
9) Concrete Surface Retarders 50
10) Dry fog coatings 50
11) Faux finishing coatings
a) Clear topcoat 100
b) Decorative coatings 350
c ) G l a z e s 3 5 0
d ) J a p a n 5 0
e) Trowel applied coatings 50
12) Fire resistive Coatings 150
13) Floor coatings 50
14) Form-release compounds 100
15) Graphic arts coatings (sign paints) 200
16) High temperature coatings 420
17) Industrial maintenance coatings 100
a) Color indicating safety coatings 480
b) High temperature IM coatings 420
c) Non-sacrificial anti-graffiti coatings 100
d) Zinc-rich IM primers 100
18) Low-Solids Coatings 120
19) Magnesite cement coatings 450
20) Mastic texture coatings 100
21) Metallic pigmented coatings 150
22) Multi-color coatings 2 5 0
23) Pre-treatment wash primers 420
24) Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters 100
25) Reactive penetrating sealers 350
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 480
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 8
26) Recycled coatings 250
27) Roof Coatings 50
28) Rust Preventative Coatings 100
29) Sacrificial Anti-Graffit Coatings 50
30) Shellacs
a ) C l e a r 7 3 0
b) Opaque 550
31) Specialty primers, s ealers, and undercoaters 50
32) Stains 250
33) Stone Consolidants 450
34) Swimming Pool Coatings 340
35) Tile and Stone Sealers 100
36) Traffic Marking Coatings 100
37) Tub and Tile refinish Coatings 420
38) Waterproofing Membranes 100
39) Wood Coatings 2 7 5
40) Wood Preservatives 350
41) Zinc-rich Primers 340
2.5 INTERIOR COATINGS
A. VOC Limits
1. The volatile organic compound (VOC) cont ent of all field-applied coating used on the interior of this Project shall not exceed t he limits defined in Rule 1113 - "Architectural Coatings" of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), of the State of California, Amended February 5, 2016.
2. The VOC limits defined by SCAQMD are measur ed in grams per liter (g/L), less water and less exempt compounds.
3. If a product cannot reasonably be tested as specified above, testing of VOC content must comply with ASTM D2369-10; ISO 11890, part 1; ASTM D6886-03; or ISO 11890-2.
4. General: For specified building construction related applications, the allowable VOC content is as follows:
a. Coatings
1) Building Envelope Coatings 5 0
2) Clear Wood Finish:
a ) V a r n i s h 2 7 5
b) Sanding Sealers 275
c) Lacquer 275
3) Concrete-Curing Compounds 100
4) Dry Fog Coatings 50
5) Floor Coatings 50
6) Low-solids Coatings 120*
7) Magnesite Cement Coatings 450
8) Primers, Sealers and Undercoaters 100
9) Shellac
a ) C l e a r 7 3 0
b) Pigmented 550
10) Stains 100
11) Waterproofing Sealers 100
12) Waterproofing Concrete/Masonry Sealers 100
13) Wood Preservatives 350
*Note: VOC levels for Low-Solids coatings are measured in grams of VOC per liter of material, including water.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 481
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
LOW EMITTING MATERIALS RESTRICTIONS 01 8116 - 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 482
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrict ions on the use of the premises, Owner- occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.
2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing constructi on and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from ex isting construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construc tion that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be remo ved, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the it em and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demoliti on waste becomes property of Contractor.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 483
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2
1.5 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demoliti on waste becomes property of Contractor.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Cond uct conference at Project site.
1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2. Review structural load limit ations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition sch edule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and fac ilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.
5. Review areas where existing constructi on is to remain and requires protection.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.
B. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building.
C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, in cluding drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.
D. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.
2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.
3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4. Use of elevator and stairs.
5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupa ncy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be mi sconstrued as damage caused by salvage and demolition operations. Comply with Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins.
F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refriger ant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.
G. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are st ill in effect after completion of selective demolition.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Inventory: Submit a list of item s that have been removed and salvaged.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 484
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Cert ified by an EPA-approved certification program.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection fo r bidding purpose will be main tained by Owner as far as practical.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
D. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
E. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous mate rials will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials w ill be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If suspected hazardous materials are encount ered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazard ous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
F. Storage or sale of removed items or material s on-site that are not wanted by the Owner will be permitted on site where diversion of waste from landfill can be accomplished.
G. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indi cated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in se rvice during selective demolition operations.
1.11 COORDINATION
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 485
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Review Project Record Documents of existi ng construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents.
1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
D. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.
1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.
E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record ex isting conditions by use of preconstruction photographs and preconstruction videotapes.
1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation."
2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that mi ght be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Mainta in services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilit y services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Arrange to shut off indicate d utilities with utility companies.
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire -suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 486
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 5
c. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
d. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
e. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary ba rricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, dur ing interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.
3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.
4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shor ing, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontr olled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when require d during progress of selective demolition.
C. Remove temporary barricades and prot ections where hazards no longer exist.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing co nstruction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods require d to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematical ly, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each fl oor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, squa re, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjac ent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished si de into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe in teriors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
5. Maintain fire watch during and for at le ast four hours after flame-cutting operations.
6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or ot herwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 487
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 6
8. Remove structural framing members and lo wer to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Condu ct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, wal ks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repai ring. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construc tion indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective de molition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCE DURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power-driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated.
B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove.
D. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove fl oor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." Do not use methods requiring solvent-based adhesive strippers.
E. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 488
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 7
3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indica ted to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's prope rty, remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and trans port debris in a manner that will prevent spill age on adjacent surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 489
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 1
SECTION 05 5000
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for countertops.
2. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
3. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections.
4. Slotted channel framing.
5. Straps for new roof framing as indicated on S-0001.
6. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applicat ions where they are not specified in other Sections.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topc oats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendatio ns to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications t hat are anchored to or that receive other work.
Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Fasteners.
2. Shop primers.
3. Slotted channel framing.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 490
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 2
3. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: To encourage the use of building products that are working to minimize their environmental and health impacts, preference will be given to products with publicly available information:
a. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD ), Option 1: Life Cycle Assessments or EPDs that conform to USGBC guidelines an d have at least a cradle to gate scope and demonstrates product complies with required Global Warming Potential Baseline.
b. Material Ingredients –Documentation demo nstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installati on details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their conn ections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
Provide Shop Drawings for the following:
1. Steel framing and supports for countertops.
2. Steel tube reinforcement for low partitions.
3. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
4. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engine er's experience with providing delegated-design engineering services of the kind indicated, incl uding documentation that engineer is licensed in the jurisdiction in which Project is located.
B. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel certifying that products furnished comply with requirements.
C. Welding certificates.
D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manuf acturers of topcoats applied over shop primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel."
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 491
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal mo vements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
B. Sustainability Performance Requirements: For all permanently installed products and materials related to the work of this Section, provide products and materials that meet the Project's performance criteria as outlined in the following Section
1. 01 8113 “Sustainable Design Requirements”.
2. 01 8116 “Low Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
C. Sustainability Requirements:
1. Provide products with the maximum amount possible of post-consumer and pre- consumer recycled content.
2. Provide products manufactured and extrac ted within 100 miles of the project site whenever possible.
D. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: Provide Building Product Disclosure documentation for products used in this section when available.
1. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Environm ental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least 20% better than the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
a. Embodied Carbon (GWP) Baselines: Steel
1) Rebar – 2.0 kg CO
2eq per kg/.91 kg CO2eq per lb.
2) Wire & Mesh – 3.0 kg CO 2eq per kg/ 1.4 kg CO2eq per lb. 3) Plate Steel 3.0 kg CO 2eq per kg/1.4 kg CO2eq per lb. 4) Structural Steel
a) Hot-Rolled – 2.5 kg CO 2eq per kg/ 1.1 kg CO2eq per lb. b) Hollow – 2.5 kg CO 2eq per kg/ 1.1 kg CO2eq per lb.
5) Cold Formed Steel – 3.0 kg CO 2eq per kg/ 1.4 kg CO2eq per lb. b. System Boundary: Product Stage A1-A3.
c. Declared Units: 1 kilogram or 1 pound.
2. Product Category Rules:
a. Institut Bauen und Umwelt e.V. PCR for Structural Steels, v. 1.0/1.6/1.0, 2017-11-
30. b. Institut Bauen und Umwelt e.V. PCR for Thin walled profiles and profiled panels of metal, v.1.0/1.7/1.0, 2019-01-08
c. International EPD System PCR for Basic iron or steel products & special steels, except construction products, v.2.0, 2020-03-27.
d. UL Environment PCR for Designated St eel Construction Products, v.2.0, 2020-12-
31. 3. Material Ingredients –Docum entation demonstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 492
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 4
2.2 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304.
D. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304.
E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weig ht (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.
G. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed meta l box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.
1. Size of Channels: As indicated.
2. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A 1008/ A 1008M, structural steel, Grade 33; 0.0677- inch minimum thickness; unfinished.
H. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6.
J. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, prov ide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coati ng complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
1. Provide stainless-steel fast eners fastening aluminum stainless steel or nickel silver.
B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed st ainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1.
D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dim ensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.
E. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489.
F. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.
G. Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1.
H. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 493
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 5
I. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1.
J. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1.
K. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaini ng, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
L. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Eit her threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.
M. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlle d expansion anchors or chemical anchors.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where St ainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
N. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Co ld-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indica ted with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specific ations for metal alloy welded.
B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comp ly with Section 09 9123 Interior Painting." C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
D. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosi ve, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portl and cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time.
1. Basis of Design: Subject to complianc e with requirements, provide Duragrout by L&M/Laticrete or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Manufacturers not listed but who do o ffer products that comply with the requirements of this Section will be cons idered as substitute manufacturers, subject to the conditions specified in Division 1 Section Product Substitution Procedures.
E. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 03 3000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 494
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 6
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble it ems in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling lim itations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise in dicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Wher e exposed fasteners are requ ired, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that w ill be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordi nate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concre te or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches , with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and co rners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, an d bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and pr ofiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.
1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated.
2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.
C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 495
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 7
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units fr om steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.
1. Provide with integrally welded steel stra p anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction.
C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
2.8 METAL BAR GRATINGS
A. Rectangular Bar Grating:
1. Traffic Surface: As indicated.
2. Finish: Galvanized.
3. Basis of Design: McNichols GW, Welded Rectangular Bar Grating.
B. Removable Grating Sections: Fabricate wi th banding bars attached by welding to entire perimeter of each section. In clude anchors and fasteners of type i ndicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by manufacturer for attaching to supports.
1. Provide not less than 4 saddle clips for each grating section co mposed of rectangular bearing bars 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) or less in thickness and spaced 15/16 inch (24 mm) or more o.c., with each clip designed and fabricated to fit over 2 bearing bars.
2. Furnish threaded bolts with nuts and washers for securing grating to supports.
C. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings.
D. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation.
2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.
B. Galvanize plates.
2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specif ied in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.
2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 496
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 8
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
C. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.
2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indi cated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing tr eatments that might interfere with paint adhesion.
B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process.
C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.
1. Shop prime with primers specified in Se ction 09 9113 "Exterior Painting" and primers specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" unless indicated.
D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:
1. Ferrous Metals - SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaned Steel
2. Galvanized Metals - SSPC-SP16 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. Uniform scarification with using fine abrasive at 20-40 psi at the blast nozzle to minimizing damage to the galvanizing.
E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
2.13 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. As-Fabricated Finish: AA-M12.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabricat ions accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exteri or units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 497
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 9
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggl e bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:
1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint.
2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANE OUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Support steel girders on solid gr outed masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or c oncrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns.
1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article.
C. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article.
1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting st eel girders after girders are installed and leveled.
3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shim s, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bo lts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout.
1. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmet allic grout in exposed locations unless otherwise indicated.
2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
3.4 INSTALLING METAL BAR GRATINGS
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 498
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 10
A. General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating standards that apply to grating types and bar si zes indicated, including installation clearances and standard anchoring details.
B. Attach removable units to supporting mem bers with type and size of clips and fasteners indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of installation conditions shown.
C. Attach nonremovable units to supporting mem bers by welding where both materials are same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erecti on, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup paint ing of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specifi ed in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bol ted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 499
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 1
SECTION 05 7000
DECORATIVE METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Aluminum Ceiling panels.
2. Interior aluminum trim
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topc oats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendatio ns to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for decorative metal items. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorag es, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product, including finishing materials.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.
3. Product Data: For paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials listed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
4. Product Data : For adhesives and sealants used inside the weather proofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials list ed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
5. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: To encourage the use of building products that are working to minimize their environmental and health impacts, preference will be given to products with publicly available information:
a. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD ), Option 1: Life Cycle Assessments or EPDs that conform to USGBC guidelines an d have at least a cradle to gate scope
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 500
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 2
and demonstrates product complies with required Global Warming Potential Baseline.
b. Material Ingredients –Documentation demo nstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for decorative metal.
1. Include plans, elevations, component details, and attachment details.
2. Indicate materials and profiles of each deco rative metal member, fittings, joinery, finishes, fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items.
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or design including mechanical finishes.
E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish.
1. Sections of linear shapes.
2. Samples of welded joints showing quality of workmanship and color matching of materials.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For fabricator and powder-coating applicator.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manuf acturers of topcoats applied over shop primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing decorative metal similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
1. Build mockups for decorative metal as indicated on drawings. a. Perforated Aluminum panel mockup, including 30"x30"x30" mockup of corner condition including integration of acoustic insulation behind. Show accessible panel in mock-up.
2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store decorative metal in a well-ventilated area, away from uncured concrete and masonry, and protected from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity.
B. Deliver and store cast-metal products in w ooden crates surrounded by enough packing material to ensure that products are not cracked or otherwise damaged.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 501
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 3
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with decorative metal by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Use materials with sm ooth, flat surfaces unles s otherwise indicated.
Use materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.
B. Sustainability Performance Requirements: For all permanently installed products and materials related to the work of this Section, provide products and materials that meet the Project's performance criteria as outlined in the following Section
1. 01 8113 “Sustainable Design Requirements”.
2. 01 8116 “Low Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
C. Sustainability Requirements:
1. Provide products with the maximum amount possible of post-consumer and pre- consumer recycled content.
2. Provide products manufactured and extrac ted within 100 miles of the project site whenever possible.
D. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: Provide Building Product Disclosure documentation for products used in this section when available.
1. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Environm ental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least equal to the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
2. Embodied Carbon - Aluminum
a. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Envir onmental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least 50%better than the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
b. Embodied Carbon (GWP) Baselines: Aluminum
1) Cast Ingot – 18 kg CO
2eq per kg/ 8 kg CO2eq per lb.
c. System Boundary: Product Stage A1-A3.
d. Declared Units: 1 kilogram or 1 pound.
e. Product Category Rules:
1) Institut Bauen und Umwelt e.V. PCR for Windows a nd doors, v.1.0/1.7/1.3, 2019-01-08
2) Institut Bauen und Umwelt e.V. PCR for Products of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys, v.1.0/1.6/1.0, 2017-11-30
3. Material Ingredients –Docum entation demonstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
E. Low-emitting requirements – Interior Products
1. General Emissions Evaluation: Inte rior products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California De partment of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method v1.1–2010, using the applicable exposure scenario.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 502
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 4
F. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Paints and Coatings:
1. Show compliance with VOC limits as deta iled in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”
G. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Adhesives and Sealants:
1. Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde.
2. Show compliance with VOC limits as deta iled in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
H. Sustainability Requirements:
1. Provide products with the maximum amount possible of post-consumer and pre- consumer recycled content.
2. Provide products manufactured and extrac ted within 100 miles of the project site whenever possible.
2.2 ALUMINUM
A. Fabricate products from alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with str ength and durability properties for each aluminum form required not less than that of alloy and temper designated below.
B. Bars and Shapes: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5/T52.
C. Pipe and Round Tubing: ASTM B 429/B 429M, Alloy 6063-T6.
D. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003-H14.
E. Forgings: ASTM B 247, Alloy 6061-T6.
F. Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy A356.0-T6.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
1. Aluminum Items: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
2. Uncoated-Steel Items: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc c oating where concealed, Type 304 stainless- steel fasteners where exposed.
3. Dissimilar Metals: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction: Unless otherwise indicated, select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring indicated items to other types of construction indicated.
C. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting components and for attaching decorative metal items to other work unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable.
1. Provide tamper-resistant flat-head mach ine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 unless otherwise indicated.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 503
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 5
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select ac cording to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
1. For aluminum, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items.
B. Polyurethane Topcoat for Steel: Complying with MPI#72 and compatible with undercoat.
C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
2.5 PERFORATED ALUMINUM CEILING PANELS
A. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by BOK Modern B47 Pattern.
B. Material: Aluminum panels, custom pattern as indicated on drawings.
C. Finish: High performance coating.
D. Sound-Absorptive Fabric Laye r: Custom color Soundex sheet membrane shop applied to backs of panels. Non-woven fabric with Class 1 fire rating. Perforated panels with absorbing material to achieve an NRC of 0.70-0.80 minimum.
1. Products:
a. Owens Corning – SelectSound Black Acoustical Board
b. MBI Products – Blackout Theater Board
c. Thermafiber – SoundZero
d. Armstrong BioAcoustic Infill panel.
e. Knauf Black Acoustical Board.
E. Fabricate and install all extruded aluminum and formed sheet aluminum brake-metal work in conjunction with the work as detailed and as reasonably required to complete the work including sill extensions, snap trim pieces, jamb and sill trim, closures, coverings, flashings and other miscellaneous extruded and formed brake-metal wo rk in conjunction with the Work of this Section.
1. Provide extruded shapes wherever possible , reserving formed work for conditions where extrusions are not applicable. Provide shar p bends in formed work without tearing, cracking, or grain separation of base metal.
2. Provide sheet metal panning not less than 0. 05 inch thick. Reinforce panning as required to prevent oil canning.
3. Fasten trim clips, at not mo re than 16 inches on center.
F. Protect surfaces from marring when forming wo rk. Provide sufficient material thickness with all necessary concealed reinforcement and anchorage to prevent “oil canning” or deformation of the finished work. Material deemed defective by t he architect will be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
2.6 ALUMINUM BRAKE-METAL AND TRIM WORK
A. Fabricate and install all extruded aluminum and formed sheet aluminum brake-metal work in conjunction with the work as detailed and as reasonably required to complete the work including sill extensions, snap trim pieces, jamb and sill trim, closures, coverings, flashings and other miscellaneous extruded and formed brake-metal wo rk in conjunction with the Work of this Section.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 504
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 6
1. Provide extruded shapes wherever possible , reserving formed work for conditions where extrusions are not applicable. Provide shar p bends in formed work without tearing, cracking, or grain separation of base metal.
2. Provide sheet metal panning not less than 0. 05 inch thick. Reinforce panning as required to prevent oil canning.
3. Fasten trim clips, at not mo re than 16 inches on center.
B. Protect surfaces from marring when forming wo rk. Provide sufficient material thickness with all necessary concealed reinforcement and anchorage to prevent “oil canning” or deformation of the finished work. Material deemed defective by t he architect will be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
2.7 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Assemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly.
1. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.
2. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
3. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
B. Form decorative metal to requi red shapes and sizes, true to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arris.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work.
D. Form simple and compound curves in bars, pipe, tubing, and extruded shapes by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature fo r each configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend withou t buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.
E. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
F. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
G. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous locations.
H. Provide necessary rebates, lugs , and brackets to assemble units and to attach to other work.
Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as needed to receiv e finish hardware, scre ws, and similar items unless otherwise indicated.
I. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding. Weld behind finished surfaces without distorting or discolori ng exposed side. Clean exposed welded joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
1. Where welding cannot be concealed behind finish ed surfaces, finish joints to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" fo r Type 1 Welds: no evidence of a welded joint.
2. Make welds uniform and smooth. Contour and blend welds and weld transitions between members, removing splatter exposed to view.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 505
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 7
2.8 FABRICATION OF METAL TRIM
A. Fabricate trim to designs indicated from Aluminum bars and shapes of sizes and profiles indicated.
2.9 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surf aces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
2.10 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
B. High-Performance Organic Finish: Three-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resi n by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
1. Color and Gloss: Match Architect's sample.
2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:
1. Ferrous Metals - SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaned Steel B. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepa red surfaces of items unless otherwise indicated.
Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
1. Shop prime uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces with primers specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." unless indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of decorative metal.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsa tisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure decorative metal to in-place construction.
B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to in stall decorative metal. Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 506
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DECORATIVE METAL 05 7000 - 8
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. Where cutting, welding, and grinding are required for proper shop fitting and jointing of dec orative metal, restore finishes to eliminate evidence of such corrective work.
D. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be comp letely restored in the field. Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide new units as required.
E. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, and flashings as work progresses.
F. Restore protective coverings that have been dam aged during shipment or installation. Remove protective coverings only when there is no possi bility of damage from other work yet to be performed at same location.
1. Retain protective coverings intact; remove coverings simultaneously from similarly finished items to preclude nonuniform oxidation and discoloration.
G. Field Welding: Comply with applicable AWS sp ecification for procedures of manual shielded metal arc welding and requirements for welding and for finishing welded connections in "Fabrication, General" Article. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
H. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action an d other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
1. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum t hat will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
3.3 INSTALLING DECORATIVE WALL AND CEILING PANELS
A. Fabricate panels from aluminum unless otherwise indicated.
1. Fasten frames to supporting wa lls with anchors as indicated.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, clean metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap, rinsing with clean water, and drying with soft cloths.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." C. Protect finishes of decorative metal from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by decorative metal fabricator. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion.
D. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refi nished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 507
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 1
SECTION 06 1053
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers.
3. Wood furring and grounds.
4. Wood sleepers.
5. Plywood backing panels.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1600 "Sheathing."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension.
B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood-preser vative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated mate rials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained.
2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency.
3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.
4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 508
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 2
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.
3. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: For certified wood products. Include statement of costs.
4. Chain-of-Custody Qualification Data: For manufacturer and vendor.
5. Product Data: Laboratory test reports for products containing composite wood or agrifiber products or wood glues, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials listed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
6. Product Data : For adhesives and sealants used inside the weather proofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials list ed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
7. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: To encourage the use of building products that are working to minimize their environmental and health impacts, preference will be given to products with publicly available information:
a. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD ), Option 1: Life Cycle Assessments or EPDs that conform to USGBC guidelines an d have at least a cradle to gate scope and demonstrates product complies with required Global Warming Potential Baseline.
b. Material Ingredients –Documentation demo nstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:
1. Preservative-treated wood.
2. Fire-retardant-treated wood.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire- retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is ce rtified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body and is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program.
C. Vendor Qualifications : A vendor that is certified for c hain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and bet ween each bundle to provide air circulation.
Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 509
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Sustainability Performance Requirements: For all permanently installed products and materials related to the work of this Section, provide products and materials that meet the Project's performance criteria as outlined in the following Section
1. 01 8113 “Sustainable Design Requirements”.
2. 01 8116 “Low Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
B. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: Provide Building Product Disclosure documentation for products used in this section.
1. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Environm ental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least 50%better than the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
a. Embodied Carbon (GWP) Baselines: Wood
1) Dimension Lumber – 100 kg CO
2eq per m3/ 80 kg CO2eq per yd3
a) Wood Framing
2) Composite Lumber – 400 kg CO 2eq per m3/ 310 kg CO2eq per yd3 b. System Boundary: Product Stage A1-A3.
c. Declared Units: 1 meter or 1 c ubic meter/ 1 foot or cubic yard. d. Product Category Rules:
1) ASTM International PCR for Nort h American Pressure-treated Wood Products, v.1, 2016-06-29
2) SCS Global Services PCR fo r Roundwood, v.1, 2016-10-18 3) Institut Bauen und Umwe lt e.V. PCR for Wood base d panels, v.1.0/1.7/1.1, 2019-01-07.
4) UL Environment PCR for North Amer ican Structural and Architectural Wood Products, v.1, 2019-10-21.
2. Material Ingredients Documentation demonstrat ing the chemical inve ntory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
C. Low-emitting requirements – Interior Products
1. General Emissions Evaluation: Inte rior products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California De partment of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method v1.1–2010, using the applicable exposure scenario.
D. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Adhesives and Sealants:
1. Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde.
2. Show compliance with VOC limits as deta iled in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
E. Low-emitting requirements – Composite Wood:
1. Composite Wood Evaluation - Composite wood, as defined by the California Air Resources Board, Airborne Toxic Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products Regulation, shall be documented to have low formaldehyde emissions which meet the California Air Resources Board ATCM for formaldehyde requirements for ultra-low-emitting formaldehyde (ULEF) resins or no added formaldehyde resins.
F. Certified Wood: Lumber and plywood shall be certified as "FSC Pure" or "FSC Mixed Credit" according to FSC STD-01-00 and FSC STD-40-004.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 510
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 4
G. Sustainability Requirements:
1. Provide products with the maximum amount possible of post-consumer and pre- consumer recycled content.
2. Provide products manufactured and extrac ted within 100 miles of the project site whenever possible.
H. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 perc ent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, cont ain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.
B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximu m moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certif icates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency.
D. Application: Treat items indi cated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment sup port bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls.
4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas.
5. Wood floor plates that are inst alled over concrete slabs-on-grade.
2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-T REATED MATERIALS
A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated material s are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire-
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 511
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 5
test-response characteristics specified as dete rmined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.
B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 f eet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.
1. Use treatment that does not prom ote corrosion of metal fasteners.
2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.
3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall hav e a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated.
4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Tr eated lumber shall be tested according ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6841. For enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, and where high temperature fire-retardant treatment is indicated, provide material with adjustment factors of not less than 0.85 modulus of elasticity and 0.75 for extreme fiber in bending for Project's climatological zone.
C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln-dry plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.
D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appr opriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certif icates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency.
E. For exposed items indicated to receive a stai ned or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.
F. Application: Treat items indi cated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Concealed blocking.
2. Roof framing and blocking.
3. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment sup port bases, blocking, and similar members in connection with roofing.
4. Plywood backing panels.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicate d and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Co nstruction or No. 2 grade lumber of any species.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 512
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 6
1. Hem-fir (north); NLGA.
2. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; SPIB.
3. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA.
4. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
5. Spruce-pine-fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
6. Northern species; NLGA.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Hem-fir or hem-fir (north), Standard or No. 3 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
3. Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common grade; NELMA.
4. Northern species, No. 3 Common grade; NLGA.
D. For blocking not used for attach ment of other construc tion, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.
E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.
F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.
2.5 PLYWOOD PANELS
A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exte rior, AC, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness.
B. Plywood Panels: DOC PS 1, Exterior, AC, fire-r etardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness.
2.6 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
D. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.
E. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01 or ICC-ES AC193 as appropriate for the substrate.
1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
2. Where required for compatibility with wood treatment:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 513
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 7
a. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.
F. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01 or ICC-ES AC193 as appropriate for the substrate.
1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
2. Where required for compatibility with wood treatment:
a. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.
2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirem ents, provide products by one of the following:
1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
2. KC Metals Products, Inc.
3. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc.
4. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coat ed steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.
C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Gluing Furring to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer.
1. Adhesives: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde.
2. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Titebond Original wood glue by Franklin International or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Manufacturers not listed but who do o ffer products that comply with the requirements of this Section will be cons idered as substitute manufacturers, subject to the conditions specified in Division 1 Section Product Substitution Procedures.
B. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch.
C. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fibe r-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1-inch nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 514
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
C. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire-retardant treated plyw ood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.
D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.
E. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum boar d or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.
G. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud sp aces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows:
1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each fl oor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces.
2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more t han 96 inches o.c. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closel y fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2-inch nominal thickness.
3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as sleepers to limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. ft. and to solidly fill space below partitions.
4. Fire block concealed spaces behind combustible cornices and exterior trim at not more than 20 feet o.c.
H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characte ristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumb er. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too sma ll to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are c ontinuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not co ntinuously protected from liquid water.
J. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 515
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1053 - 9
K. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule, " in ICC's International Building Code.
2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.
L. Use steel common nails unless ot herwise indicated. Select faste ners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Inst all fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.
3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and wh ere required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of a ttached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.
3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work.
B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Pa neling: Install 1-by-3-inch nominal-size furring horizontally and vertically at 24 inches o.c.
C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install 1- by-2-inch nominal-size furring vertically at 16 inches o.c.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with i norganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, appl y EPA-registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.
B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered bora te treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 516
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 1
SECTION 06 1600
SHEATHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wall sheathing.
2. Roof sheathing.
3. Parapet sheathing.
4. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.
3. Product Data : For adhesives and sealants used inside the weather proofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials list ed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
4. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: To encourage the use of building products that are working to minimize their environmental and health impacts, preference will be given to products with publicly available information:
a. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD ), Option 1: Life Cycle Assessments or EPDs that conform to USGBC guidelines an d have at least a cradle to gate scope and demonstrates product complies with required Global Warming Potential Baseline.
b. Material Ingredients –Documentation demo nstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 517
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 2
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire- retardant-treated material, an inspection agency ac ceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to veri fy that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution:
1. Provide Mock-up Panel as indicated on drawings and as detailed in Section 01 4000 “Quality Requirements”.
a. Include junction with roofing membrane, building corner condition, and foundation wall intersection.
b. If Architect determines mockups do not comply with requirements, reconstruct mockups and apply air barrier until mockups are approved.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Archit ect specifically approves such deviations in writing.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation.
Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored.
Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.
B. Sustainability Performance Requirements: For all permanently installed products and materials related to the work of this Section, provide products and materials that meet the Project's performance criteria as outlined in the following Section
1. 01 8113 “Sustainable Design Requirements”.
2. 01 8116 “Low Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
C. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: Provide Building Product Disclosure documentation for products used in this section where available.
1. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Environm ental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least equal to the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
a. Embodied Carbon (GWP) Baselines: Glass Mat Sheathing 1) Gypsum Board – 4500 kg CO 2eq per 1000 m2/420 kgCO2 eq 1,000 per ft2 2) System Boundary: Product Stage A1-A3.
3) Declared Units: 1 square meter or 1 square foot.
4) Product Category Rules:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 518
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 3
a) ASTM International PCR for North American Glass Mat Gypsum Panels, v.1, 2016-08-01.
2. Material Ingredients Documentation demonstrat ing the chemical inve ntory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
D. Low-emitting requirements – Interior Products
1. General Emissions Evaluation: Inte rior products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California De partment of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method v1.1–2010, using the applicable exposure scenario.
E. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Adhesives and Sealants:
1. Show compliance with VOC limits as deta iled in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”
F. Sustainability Requirements:
1. Provide products with the maximum amount possible of post-consumer and pre- consumer recycled content.
2. Provide products manufactured and extrac ted within 100 miles of the project site whenever possible.
2.2 WALL SHEATHING
A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc.
b. G-P Gypsum Corporation; Dens-Glass Gold.
c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP.
d. United States Gypsum Co.; Securock.
2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.
3. Size: 48 by 96 inches for vertical installation.
2.3 ROOF SHEATHING
A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Roof Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc.
b. G-P Gypsum Corporation; Dens-Deck.
c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP.
d. United States Gypsum Co.; Securock.
2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch (16 mm) thick.
3. Size: 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm) for vertical installation.
2.4 PARAPET SHEATHING
A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc.
b. G-P Gypsum Corporation; Dens-Glass Gold.
c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond e(2)XP.
d. United States Gypsum Co.; Securock.
2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.
3. Size: 48 by 96 inches for vertical installation.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 519
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 4
2.5 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. For roof parapet and wall sheathing, provid e fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.
D. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold -Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing to be attached, with organic-polymer or other corrosion-protective co ating having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117.
1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thi ck, use screws that comply with ASTM C 1002.
2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C 954.
2.6 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENET RATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Elastomeric, medium-modulus, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant compatible with joint su bstrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other materials, recommended by sheathing manufactu rer for application indicated and complying with requirements for elastomeric sealants specified in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials with defects that impair q uality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.
B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other ob structions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.
C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for pow er-driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule, " in ICC's "International Building Code."
3. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members, " and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's "International Residential Code for One- and Two- Family Dwellings."
D. Coordinate wall and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and m anner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.
E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 520
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 5
F. Coordinate sheathing installation with insta llation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast.
3.2 GLASS MAT SHEATHING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws.
2. Install boards with a 3/8-inch gap wher e non-load-bearing constr uction abuts structural elements.
3. Install boards with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking.
B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into facing.
C. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud.
1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o. c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards.
2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws if overlying self-furring metal lath is screw-attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed.
D. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glas s-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fastener s are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings.
E. Air-Barrier and Water-Resist ant Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing:
1. Install accessory materials according to sh eathing manufacturer's written instructions and details to form a seal with adjacent construc tion, to seal fasteners, and ensure continuity of air and water barrier.
a. Coordinate the installation of sheathing with installation of roofing membrane and base flashing to ensure continuity of air barrier with roofing membrane. b. Install transition strip on roofing membrane or base flashing, so that a minimum of 3 inches of coverage is achieved over each substrate.
2. Connect and seal sheathing material continuo usly to air barriers specified under other Sections as well as to roofing-membrane air barrier, concrete below-grade structures, floor-to-floor construction, exterior glazing and window systems, glazed curtain-wall systems, storefront systems, exterior l ouvers, exterior door framing, and other construction used in exterior wall openings, using accessory materials.
3. Apply joint sealants forming part of ai r-barrier assembly within manufacturer's recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
4. Wall Openings: Prime concealed, perimeter frame surfaces of windows, curtain walls, storefronts, and doors. Apply preformed silicone extrusion, so that a minimum of 3 inches of coverage is achieved over each substrate. Maintain 3 inches of full contact over firm bearing to perimeter frames, with not less than 1 inch of full contact. a. Preformed Silicone Extrusion: Set in full bed of silicone sealant applied to walls, frame, and air-barrier material.
5. Fill gaps in perimeter frame surfaces of wi ndows, curtain walls, st orefronts, doors, and miscellaneous penetrations of sheathing material with foam sealant.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 521
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 6
6. Seal strips and transition strips around ma sonry reinforcing or ties and penetrations with termination mastic.
7. Seal top of through-wall flashings to sheat hing with an additional 6-inch-wide, transition strip.
8. Seal exposed edges of strips at seam s, cuts, penetrations, and terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or ending in reglets with termination mastic.
9. Repair punctures, voids, and deficient lapped seams in strips and transition strips extending 6 inches beyond repaired areas in strip direction.
END OF SECTION
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 522
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 4023 - 1
SECTION 06 4023
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior standing and running trim.
2. Wood Cabinets for Transparent Finish
3. Wood wall and ceiling panels
4. Wood benches.
5. Closet and utility shelving.
6. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing interior architectural woodwork items that are not concealed within other construction.
7. Shop priming of interior architectural woodwork.
8. Shop finishing of interior architectural woodwork.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry " for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing interior architectural woodwork that are concealed within other construction before interior architectural woodwork installation.
2. Section 12 3600 “Countertops”.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, bl ocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ens ure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Interior architectural woodwork includes w ood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construc tion before woodwork installation.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Anchors.
2. Adhesives.
3. Shop finishing materials.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 523
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 4023 - 2
4. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Include data and warranty information from chemical- treatment manufacturer and certification by tr eating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.
5. Waterborne Treatments: For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.
3. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: For certified wood products. Include statement of costs.
4. Chain-of-Custody Qualification Data: For manufacturer and vendor.
5. Product Data: Laboratory test reports for products containing composite wood or agrifiber products or wood glues, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials listed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
6. Product Data : For adhesives and sealants used inside the weather proofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials list ed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
7. Product Data: For paints and coatings used inside the weatherproofing system, indicating VOC content and laboratory test reports showing compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials listed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
8. Product Data : Laboratory test reports for ceilings , walls, acoustical and thermal insulation, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials listed in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
9. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: To encourage the use of building products that are working to minimize their environmental and health impacts, preference will be given to products with publicly available information:
a. Environmental Product Declarations (EPD ), Option 1: Life Cycle Assessments or EPDs that conform to USGBC guidelines an d have at least a cradle to gate scope and demonstrates product complies with required Global Warming Potential Baseline.
b. Material Ingredients –Documentation demo nstrating the chemical inventory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
C. Shop Drawings: For interior architectural woodwork.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Show large-scale details.
3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blo cking, and hanging strips, including blocking and reinforcement concealed by construction and specified in other Sections.
4. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in architectural cabinets.
5. For paneling, Show location of paneling, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. Include dimensioned plans and elevations.
6. Show veneer leaves with dimensions, grai n direction, exposed face, and identification numbers indicating the flitch and sequence within the flitch for each leaf.
D. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and finish specified, in manufacturer's or fabricator's standard size.
1. Lumber for Transparent Finish: Not less than 5 inches wide by 24 inches long, for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge.
2. Veneer Leaves: Representative of and selected from flitches to be used for transparent- finished interior architectural woodwork.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 524
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 4023 - 3
3. Veneer-faced panel products with or for transparent finish, 12 by 24 inches, for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish as specified.
4. Corner Pieces:
a. Cabinet-front frame joints between stile s and rails and at exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep.
b. Miter joints for standing trim.
5. Exposed Cabinet Hardware and Accessories: One full-size unit for each type and finish.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of product including the following:
1. Composite wood and agrifiber products.
2. Glass.
3. Adhesives.
C. Evaluation Reports: For preser vative-treated and fire-retardant -treated wood materials, from ICC-ES.
D. Field quality-control reports.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator and Manufacturer Qualifications: Shop that employs skill ed workers who custom- fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body and is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program.
D. Vendor Qualifications: A vendor that is certified for c hain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Build mockups of typical interior arch itectural woodwork as shown on Drawings.
2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards, Section 2.
B. Do not deliver interior architectural woodwork until painting and similar finish operations that might damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas.
C. Store woodwork in installati on areas or in areas where enviro nmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article.
1. Handle and store fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions.
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 525
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 4023 - 4
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or in stall interior architectural woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or in stall interior architectural woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during the remainder of the construction period.
C. Established Dimensions: Where interior architec tural woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas wher e woodwork is to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to en sure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.11 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, bl ocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, GENERAL
A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicat ed, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of interior architectural wo odwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements.
1. The Contract Documents contain require ments that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard.
B. Sustainability Performance Requirements: For all permanently installed products and materials related to the work of this Section, provide products and materials that meet the Project's performance criteria as outlined in the following Section
1. 01 8113 “Sustainable Design Requirements”.
2. 01 8116 “Low Emitting Materials Restrictions”.
C. Building Product Disclosure Requirements: Provide Building Product Disclosure documentation for products used in this section where available.
1. Provide a Product-Specific Type III Environm ental Product Declaration (EPD), that meets the following parameters, and documents that each product's Global Warming Potential (GWP) is at least equal to the Carbon Leadership Forum (CLF) BETA Embodied Carbon Baselines dated 2019.11.16 as found on EC3 and as listed below for reference:
a. Embodied Carbon (GWP) Baselines: Wood
1) Dimension Lumber – 100 kg CO
2eq per m3/ 80 kg CO2eq per yd3
a) Wood Framing
2) Composite Lumber – 400 kg CO 2eq per m3/ 310 kg CO2eq per yd3 b. System Boundary: Product Stage A1-A3.
c. Declared Units: 1 meter or 1 c ubic meter/ 1 foot or cubic yard. d. Product Category Rules:
9.l
January 12, 2026
Packet Pg. 526
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 4023 - 5
1) ASTM International PCR for Nort h American Pressure-treated Wood Products, v.1, 2016-06-29
2) SCS Global Services PCR fo r Roundwood, v.1, 2016-10-18 3) Institut Bauen und Umwe lt e.V. PCR for Wood base d panels, v.1.0/1.7/1.1, 2019-01-07.
4) UL Environment PCR for North Amer ican Structural and Architectural Wood Products, v.1, 2019-10-21.
2. Material Ingredients Documentation demonstrat ing the chemical inve ntory of the product to at least 0.1% (1000ppm).
D. Low-emitting requirements – Interior Products
1. General Emissions Evaluation: Inte rior products must be tested and determined compliant in accordance with California De partment of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method v1.1–2010, using the applicable exposure scenario.
E. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Paints and Coatings:
1. Show compliance with VOC limits as deta iled in Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”
F. Additional Low-emitting requirements – Adhesives and Sealants: